Berlingo2VP_en_Chap00_couv-imprimeur_deb_ed02-2016
Handbook
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap00_couv-imprimeur_deb_ed02-2016
On-line handbook
If the "MyCITROËN" function is not available on the CITROËN public website for your country,
youcanndyourhandbookatthefollowingaddress:
http://service.citroen.com/ddb/
FindyourhandbookontheCITROËNwebsite,under"MyCITROËN".
Select:
Select one of the following means of access to
viewyourhandbookon-line...
This personal and customisable space allows you to establish direct and special contact with the
manufacturer.
the language,
the vehicle, its body style,
theprinteditionofyourhandbookappropriateforthedateofregistrationofyourvehicle.
Scanthiscodefordirectaccesstoyourhandbook.
Referringtothehandbookon-linealsogives
you access to the latest information available,
easilyidentiedbythebookmark,associated
withthissymbol:
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap00a_Sommaire_ed02-2016
CITROËN has a presence on every continent,
a complete product range,
bringing together technology and a permanent spirit of innovation,
foramodernandcreativeapproachtomobility.
Wethankyouandcongratulateyouonyourchoice.
Happy motoring!
At the wheel of your new vehicle,
gettingtoknoweachsystem,
each control, each setting,
makesyourtrips,yourjourneys
morecomfortableandmoreenjoyable.
Key
safety warning
additional information
contributes to the protection of the environment
Thishandbookhasbeendesignedtohelp
youmakethemostofyourBerlingoinall
circumstancesandincompletesafety.
Takethetimetoreadthroughitsoasto
familiariseyourselfwithyourvehicle.
Thishandbookcoversallofthevariations
in equipment available across the whole
Berlingorange.
Yourvehiclewillbettedwithonlysomeof
the equipment described in this document,
depending on its trim level, version and the
specicationforthecountryinwhichitwas
sold.
The descriptions and illustrations are given as
indicationsonly.
Automobiles CITROËN reserves the right
to modify the technical characteristics,
equipment and accessories without having to
updatethiseditionofthehandbook.
This document forms an integral part of your
vehicle.Remembertopassitontothenew
ownerintheeventofthesaleofthevehicle.
2
Contents
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap00a_Sommaire_ed02-2016
Key 18
Alarm 20
Doors 21
Tailgate 23
Rearroofap 26
Centrallocking 27
Instrument panel 28
Date and time 29
Warning lamps 32
Fuel gauge 40
Coolant 40
Under-inationdetection 41
Under-inationdetection
with reinitialisation 43
Serviceindicator 47
Lighting dimmer 48
Steering wheel
adjustment 49
Manual gearbox 49
Gear shift indicator 50
6-speed electronic
gearbox 51
Stop & Start 53
Starting and stopping 55
Hill start assist 56
Driving
recommendations 57
Lighting 58
Wipers 61
Trip computer 63
Cruise control 64
Speedlimiter 67
Heating/Airconditioning
manual 70
digital 72
Demisting and
defrosting 75
Frontseats 77
Rearbenchseat 79
Rear seats
(5 seat version) 82
Rear seats
(7seatversion) 85
Modularity 92
Frontttings 94
Modutoproof 97
Roof bars 102
Courtesy lamps 103
Load space cover
(5 seat version) 104
Load space cover
(7seatversion) 108
Mirrors 110
Electric windows 112
READY TO GO
3.
18-57
SAFETY
5.
113-147
Exterior 5
Interior 6
left hand drive 6
righthanddrive 7
Instruments and controls 8
left hand drive 8
right hand drive 10
Technical data -
Maintenance 12
OVERVIEW 1.
4-14
General safety
recommendations 113
Hazard warning lamps 114
Horn 114
Parkingbrake 114
Parkingsensors 115
Reversingcamera 117
Anti-lockbrakingsystem
(ABS) 118
EBA 118
ASR and DSC 119
Grip control 120
ActiveCityBrake 122
Seat belts 126
Airbags 129
Carrying children 133
Deactivating the
passenger's front
airbag 136
Recommended seats 139
Installation 141
ISOFIX mountings 143
Recommended ISOFIX
seat 144
ISOFIXlocations 145
Childlock 147
EASE OF USE and
COMFORT
4.
58-112
ECO-DRIVING
2.
15-17
Environment 15
Eco-driving 16
The "Visual search"
(visual index) section
assistsyouinndingthe
controls and functions
and their associated page
numbers on the schematic
outlinesofthevehicle.
Instruments and controls
left hand drive 13
right hand drive 14
3
Contents
CONTENTS
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap00a_Sommaire_ed02-2016
Corresponds to
a left hand drive
vehicle.
Corresponds to a
right hand drive
vehicle.
TECHNOLOGY on
BOARD
10.
203-282
ACCESSORIES
6.
148-152
CHECKS
7.
153-169
QUICK HELP
8.
170-192
7-inchtouchscreen
tablet 203
Audio system 265
Towing a trailer 148
Towbar with detachable
swannecktowball 150
Other accessories 152
Opening the bonnet 154
Petrol engine 155
Diesel engine 156
Levels 157
Checks 159
Fuel 161
Fuel cut-off 163
Diesel priming pump 163
BlueHDi and AdBlue
®
164
Battery 170
Temporary puncture
repairkit 172
Changingawheel 173
Removable snow
screen 179
Snow chains 180
Changing
a bulb 181
afuse 187
a wiper blade 191
Being towed 192
TECHNICAL DATA 9.
193-201
Dimensions 193
Engines 197
Weights 197
Identication
markings 201
The "Technology on board"
section presents the new
audio/navigationsystems.
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap01_vue-ensemble_ed02-2016
PRESENTATION
Within the chapters, symbols
drawyourattentiontospecic
information:
directs you to the chapter and
section which contains detailed
information concerning a function,
indicates important information
relating to use of the equipment,
alerts you to the safety of
individuals and equipment on
board.
Foranyworkonyourvehicle,use
aqualiedworkshopthathasthe
technical information, competence and
equipment required, which a CITROËN
dealerisabletoprovide.
The equipment presented may be
standard, an option or not available,
depending on the model and can vary
from one country to another or not be
availableinallcountriesofsale.
5
1
OVERVIEW
Location
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap01_vue-ensemble_ed02-2016
ExTERIOR
Remote control 18-19
Changing the battery,
reinitialisation 19
Key 18
Starting 55
Hill start assist 56
Centrallocking/
unlocking 18,27
Filler cap,
fueltank 161-162
Fuel cut-off, Diesel
priming 163
AdBlue
®
, topping up
38-39, 164-169
Wiper blades 191
Door mirrors 110
Side repeaters 184
ActiveCityBrake 122-125
Front lamps, foglamps, direction
indicators 58-60, 181-184
Headlamp beam height
adjustment 60
Changing front bulbs 181-184
Snowcover 179
Front doors 21
Sliding side
doors 22-23
Key 18
Opening the bonnet 154
Childlock 147
Towing, lifting 192
Towbar,swannecktowball
148-151
Parkingsesnsors 115-116
Reversingcamera 117
Rearroofap 26
Emergency control 23
Sparewheel,jack,
changing a wheel,
tools 173-178
Temporary puncture
repairkit 172
Ination,pressures 201
Modutoproof 97-98,101
Roof bars 102
Rear lamps, direction indicators
58-59
3rdbrakelamp 186
Changing rear
bulbs 181-182, 185-186
Doors, tailgate 23-25
Accessories 152
Dimensions 193-196
Brakes,pads 114,157,159
Emergencybraking 118
ABS, EBFD 118
ASR, DSC 119
Grip control 120-121
ActiveCityBrake 122-125
Tyres, pressures 201
Snow chains 180
Tyreunder-inationdetection 41-42
Tyreunder-inationdetection
with reinitialisation 43-46
Number plate lamps 186
6
Location
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap01_vue-ensemble_ed02-2016
Rear view mirror 111
Front courtesy lamp 103
Changing courtesy
lamp bulbs 184
Front, lateral, curtain
airbags 129-132
Deactivating the passenger's
front airbag 132, 136
Battery, charging,
starting 170
Opening the bonnet 154
Rear windows 111
Frontseats,adjustments,
headrestraint 77-78
Seat
belts 107,126-128
Accessories 152
INTERIOR
Rearbenchseat 79-81
Rear seats (5-seat version)
82-84, 92
Seatconguration,
benches 92-93
Rear courtesy
lamp 103
Changing courtesy lamp bulbs 184
Rearttings 96
- oorboxes,
- aircraft style table,
- side blinds,
Modutoproof 97-98
Scented air freshener 99-100
Load space cover (5-seat version)
104
Load space cover
(7-seatversion) 108-109
Child seats 133-142, 146
ISOFIX mountings, seats 143-145
Parkingbrake,
handbrake 114
Rear seats
(7-seatversion) 85-91,93
Fittings
(7-seatversion) 106-107
- cup holder,
- 12Vsocket,
- stowing rings,
- storageap.
Towing, llifting 192
Towableloads 197-200
Sparewheel,jack,
changing a wheel,
tools 173-178
7
1
OVERVIEW
Location
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap01_vue-ensemble_ed02-2016
Rear view mirror 111
Front courtesy lamp 103
Changing courtesy
lamp bulbs 184
Front, lateral, curtain
airbags 129-132
Deactivating the passenger's
front airbag 132, 136
Battery, charging,
starting 170
Opening the bonnet 154
Rear windows 111
Frontseats,adjustments,
headrestraint 77-78
Seat
belts 107,126-128
Accessories 152
INTERIOR
Rearbenchseat 79-81
Rear seats
(5-seat version) 82-84, 92
Seatconguration,
benches 92-93
Rear courtesy lamp 103
Changing courtesy
lamp bulbs 184
Rearttings 96
- oorboxes,
- aircraft style table,
- side blinds,
Modutoproof 97-98
Scented air freshener 99-100
Load space cover (5-seat version)
104
Load space cover
(7-seatversion) 108-109
Child seats 133-142, 146
ISOFIX mountings, seats 143-145
Parkingbrake,
handbrake 114
Rear seats
(7-seatversion) 85-91,93
Fittings
(7-seatversion) 106-107
- cup holder,
- 12Vsocket,
- stowing rings,
- storageap.
Towing, llifting 192
Towableloads 197-200
Sparewheel,jack,
changing a wheel,
tools 173-178
8
Location
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap01_vue-ensemble_ed02-2016
ASR-ESC 119
Parkingsensors 115-116
Electric mirrors 110
Headlampbeamheightadjustment
60
Stop & Start 53-55
Cruise control 64-66
Speedlimiter 67-69
Lighting 58-60
Foglamps 59
LED daytime running lamps 59
Automatic illumination
of headlamps 59-60
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
Dashboard, passenger
compartmentfuses 187-189
Opening the bonnet 154
Parkingbrake 114
Instrument panels,
screens, dials 28-29
Setting the time in
the instrument panel 29
Warning lamps, indicator lamps
32-39
Indicators,fuelgauge 40,47-48
Lighting dimmer 48
Gear shift
indicator 50
Wipers 61-62
Automatic rain sensitive wipers 61
Screen wash 62, 158
Trip computer 63
Steeringwheeladjustment 49
Horn 114
Ignition switch 55
6-speed electronic
gearbox 51-52
Steeringmountedcontrols:
- Touch screen tablet 206
- Audiosystem 267
9
1
OVERVIEW
Location
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap01_vue-ensemble_ed02-2016
Rear view mirror 111
Child surveillance mirror 111
Screens,menus 28,207,268
Setting the time in the screen 30-31
Controls
- centrallocking 27
- electricchildlock 147
- electric windows 112
- hazard warning
lamps 114
Heating, ventilation
- heating 70-71,74
- airconditioningA/C 70-71,74
Digital air
conditioning 72-73,74
Demisting/defrosting 75-76
Courtesy lamps 103, 184
Frontttings 94-95
- storagecompartment.
- glove box,
- bottle holder,
- bag holder,
- centre console,
- overhead storage,
- sun visor,
- storageunderseats.
Touch screen tablet 203-263
Audio system 265-282
Reversingcamera 117
Deactivating the passenger's
front airbag 132, 136
Manual gearbox 49
"Grip control" 120-121
10
Location
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap01_vue-ensemble_ed02-2016
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
Dashboard, passenger
compartmentfuses 187-189
Opening the bonnet 154
Frontttings 94-95
- storagecompartment.
- glove box,
- bottle holder,
- bag holder,
- centre console,
- overhead storage,
- sun visor,
- storageunderseats.
Rear view mirror 111
Child surveillance mirror 111
Manual gearbox 49
Touch screen tablet 203-263
Audio system 265-282
Reversingcamera 117
Controls:
- centrallocking 27
- electricchildlock 147
- electric windows 112
- hazard warning
lamps 114
"Grip control" 120-121
Heating, ventilation
- heating 70-71,74
- airconditioningA/C 70-71,74
Digital air
conditioning 72-73,74
Demisting/defrosting 75-76
Courtesy lamps 103, 184
Screens,menus 28,207,268
Setting the time in the screen 30-31
11
1
OVERVIEW
Location
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap01_vue-ensemble_ed02-2016
Cruise control 64-66
Speedlimiter 67-69
Lighting 58-60
Foglamps 59
LED daytime running lamps 59
Automatic illumination
of headlamps 59-60
Parkingbrake 114
Instrument panels,
screens, dials 28-29
Setting the time in
the instrument panel 29
Warning lamps, indicator lamps
32-39
Indicators,fuelgauge 40,47-48
Lighting dimmer 48
Gear shift
indicator 50
Steeringwheeladjustment 49
Horn 114
Ignition switch 55
Wipers 61-62
Automatic rain sensitive wipers
61
Screen wash 62, 158
Trip computer 63
Steeringmountedcontrols:
- Touch screen tablet 206
- Audiosystem 267
Deactivating the passenger's
front airbag 132, 136
ASR-ESC 119
Parkingsensors 115-116
Electric mirrors 110
Headlampbeamheightadjustment
60
Stop & Start 53-55
6-speed electronic
gearbox 51-52
12
Location
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap01_vue-ensemble_ed02-2016
TECHNICAL DATA - MAINTENANCE
Identicationmarkings,
serial number,
paint code, tyres 201
Windscreen wash, level 158
Changing bulbs,
lighting 181-186
Checks 159-160
- battery,
- brakepads,
- brakedrums,discs.
- parkingbrake,
-
carbon/passengercompartmentlter,
- oillter,
- particlelter,
- gearbox,
Emissions control 41
Enginefuses 187,190
Opening the bonnet, stay 154
Levels 157-158
- engineoildipstick,
- brakeuid,
- coolant.
- powersteeringuid,
- Diesel additive,
Bleedingwater,Diesellter 160
Warning lamps 32-39
Under the bonnet
- Diesel 156
- petrol 155
Fuel cut-off, Diesel
priming 163
AdBlue
®
164-169
Dimensions 193-196
Petrolengines/
weights 197-198
Dieselengines/
weights 197,199-200
13
1
OVERVIEW
Presentation
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap01_vue-ensemble_ed02-2016
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
1. Lighting and direction indicator
stalk.
2. Instrumentpanelwithscreen.
3. Wipers, screenwash, trip computer
controlstalk.
4. Ignition.
5. Audiosystemcontrols.
6. Driver'sfrontairbag,horn.
7. Steering wheel height and reach
adjustment.
8. Cruise control, speed limiter
controls.
9. Switchpanel,parkingsensors,
headlampbeamadjustment,ESC,
Stop&Start.
10.Bonnetrelease.
11. Electricdoormirroradjustment.
12.Electricwindowswitches.
13.Switchpanel:hazardwarninglamps,
centrallocking,childlock.
14.Cigarettelighter.
15.Heating-ventilationcontrols.
16. Electronic gearbox controls or
Gripcontrolbutton.
17.TouchscreentabletScreen.
18.USBport(withelectronicgearbox).
19.USBport(withmanualgearbox).
14
Presentation
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap01_vue-ensemble_ed02-2016
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
1. Lighting and direction indicator
controlstalk.
2. Instrumentpanelwithscreen.
3. Wiper, screenwash, trip computer
controlstalk.
4. Ignitionswitch.
5. Audiosystemcontrols.
6. Driver'sfrontairbag,horn.
7. Steering wheel height and reach
adjustment.
8. Cruise control, speed limiter
controls.
9. Switchpanel,parkingsensors,
headlampbeamadjustment,ESC,
Stop&Start,alarm.
10.Bonnetreleaselever.
11. Electricdoormirrorcontrols.
12.Electricwindowswitches.
13.Switchpanel:hazardwarning,central
locking,childlock.
14.Cigarettelighter.
15.Heating-ventilationcontrols.
16. Electronic gearbox controls or Grip
controlbutton.
17.Touchscreentablet.
18.USBport(withelectronicgearbox).
19.USBport(withmanualgearbox).
15
2
ECO-DRIVING
Motoring & the Environment
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap02_eco-conduite_ed02-2016
ENVIRONMENT
With you, CITROËN acts to protect the
environment.
We invite you to visit the
www.citroen.co.ukwebsite.
As the driver, you also can contribute
to protecting the environment in the
followingway:
- drive smoothly, without frequent
and harsh acceleration,
- observe the service intervals;
we recommend that services are
carried out by a CITROËN dealer,
authorised to collect used batteries
anduids,
- in order to preserve the reliability
of the engine and emission control
systems, do not use engine oil
additives.
Refer to information on eco-driving
attheendofthissection.
16
Motoring & the Environment
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap02_eco-conduite_ed02-2016
Eco-driving is a range of everyday
practices that allow the motorist to
optimise their fuel consumption and
CO
2
emissions.
Eco-driving
Optimise the use of your
gearbox
With a manual gearbox, move off
gentlyandchangeupwithoutwaiting.
Duringaccelerationchangeupearly.
With an automatic or electronic
gearbox, give preference to automatic
mode and avoid pressing the
acceleratorpedalheavilyorsuddenly.
Thegearefciencyindicatorinvites
youtoengagethemostsuitablegear:
as soon as the indication is displayed
in the instrument panel, follow it
straightaway.
Forvehiclesttedwithanelectronic
or automatic gearbox, this indicator
appearsonlyinmanualmode.
Drive smoothly
Maintain a safe distance between
vehicles,useenginebrakingrather
thanthebrakepedal,andpressthe
acceleratorprogressively.These
practices contribute towards a
reduction in fuel consumption and
CO
2
emissions and also help to reduce
thebackgroundtrafcnoise.
Ifyourvehiclehascruisecontrol,make
use of the system at speeds above
25mph(40km/h)whenthetrafcis
owingwell.
Control the use of your
electrical equipment
Switch off the demisting and
defrostingcontrols,ifnotautomatic.
Switch off the heated seat as soon as
possible.
Switch off the headlamps and front
foglamps when the level of light does
notrequiretheiruse.
Avoid running the engine before
moving off, particularly in winter; your
vehicle will warm up much faster
whiledriving.
As a passenger, if you avoid
connecting your multimedia devices
(lm,music,videogame...),you
will contribute towards limiting the
consumption of electrical energy, and
sooffuel.
Disconnect your portable devices
beforeleavingthevehicle.
Before moving off, if the passenger
compartment is too warm, ventilate it
by opening the windows and air vents
beforeusingtheairconditioning.
Above30mph(50km/h),closethe
windowsandleavetheairventsopen.
Remembertomakeuseofequipment
thatcanhelpkeepthetemperature
in the passenger compartment down
(sunroofandwindowblinds...).
Switch off the air conditioning, unless
it has automatic regulation, as soon as
thedesiredtemperatureisattained.
17
2
ECO-DRIVING
Motoring & the Environment
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap02_eco-conduite_ed02-2016
Limit the causes of excess
consumption
Spread loads throughout the vehicle;
place the heaviest items in the bottom
of the boot, as close as possible to
therearseats.
Limit the loads carried in the
vehicle and reduce wind resistance
(roofbars,roofrack,bicycle
carrier,trailer...).Usearoofboxin
preference.
Removeroofbarsandroofracks
afteruse.
At the end of winter, remove snow
tyresandretyoursummertyres.
Observe the recommendations
on maintenance
Checkthetyrepressuresregularly,
when cold, referring to the label in the
dooraperture,driver'sside.
Carryoutthischeckinparticular:
- beforealongjourney,
- at each change of season,
- afteralongperiodoutofuse.
Don't forget the spare wheel and the
tyresonanytrailerorcaravan.
Have your vehicle serviced regularly
(engineoil,oillter,airlter,passenger
compartmentlter...)andobservethe
schedule of operations recommended
inthemanufacturer'sserviceschedule.
With a BlueHDi Diesel engine, if the
SCR system is faulty your vehicle
becomes polluting; go to a CITROËN
dealeroraqualiedworkshopwithout
delay to have the emissions of nitrogen
oxidesbroughtbacktothelegallevel.
When refuelling, do not continue after
the third cut-off of the nozzle to avoid
anyoverow.
At the wheel of your new vehicle,
itisonlyaftertherst1800miles
(3000kilometres)thatyouwillsee
the fuel consumption settle down to a
consistentaverage.
18
Access
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Thislocksandunlocksthevehicle's
doors,opensandclosesthefuelller
cap, as well as starting and stopping
theengine.
KEY REMOTE CONTROL
Unlocking
Locking
Pressthisbuttontolockallof
yourvehicle'sdoors.
Thedirectionindicatorsashonce.
If one of the doors is open or is not
closedcorrectly,thecentrallockingwill
notwork.
Deadlocking
A second press on the closed
padlockontheremotecontrolwithin
vesecondsafterlockingchangesthe
lockingtodeadlocking.
Thisisconrmedbyxedlighting
of the direction indicators for
approximatelytwoseconds.
Deadlockingrenderstheexterior
and interior door opening handles
inoperative:donotleaveanyoneinside
thevehiclewhenitisdeadlocked.
Ifdeadlockingisactivatedfrominside
the vehicle using the remote control, it
willchangetonormallockingwhenthe
vehicleisstarted.
Pressthisbuttontounlockall
ofyourvehicle'sdoors.
Thedirectionindicatorsashtwice.
19
Access
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Good practice
Takecarenottoallowtheremote
control to come into contact with
grease, dust, rain or a damp
environment.
Aheavyobjectattachedtothekey
(keyring,...)weighingontheshaft
ofthekeyintheswitch,maycausea
malfunction.
REMOTE CONTROL
Reinitialising the remote
control
Following changing of the remote
control battery or disconnection of the
vehicle battery, the remote control may
havetobereinitialised.
Wait at least one minute before using
theremotecontrol.
Insertthekeyintheignitionswitchwith
thebuttons(padlocks)oftheremote
controlfacingyou.
Switchontheignition.
Pressthelockingpadlockforat
leastvesecondswithinthenext
tenseconds.
Switchofftheignition.
Wait at least one minute before using
theremotecontrol.
Theremotecontrolisnowworking
again.
Use only identical batteries or
batteries of an equivalent type to
those recommended by CITROËN
dealers.
Do not discard the remote control
batteries, they contain metals which
areharmfultotheenvironment.
Deposit them at a CITROËN
dealership, or at an authorised
collectionpoint.
Unfolding / folding
Changing the battery
Batteryref.:CR1620/3volts.
The"batteryat"informationisgiven
by an audible signal, accompanied by
amessageinthescreen.
To replace the battery, unclip the
casingusingacoinatthering.
Iftheremotecontroldoesnotwork
after the battery has been changed,
reinitialisetheremotecontrol.
Thereisariskofdamageifthe
replacement battery is not the correct
type.
If you do not press the button,
youmaydamagethekey's
foldingmechanism.
20
Access
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Don't forget
Whenleavingthevehicle,checkthat
the lighting is off and nothing of value
isvisible.
As a safety precaution (with children
onboard),removethekeyfromthe
ignition when leaving the vehicle, even
forashorttime.
Good practice
Donotmakeanymodicationstothe
electronicimmobilisersystem.
Operating the remote control, even
whenitisinyourpocket,mayresultin
involuntaryunlockingofthedoors.
The simultaneous use of other
high frequency equipment (mobile
telephones, domestic alarms…), may
interfere with the operation of the
remotecontroltemporarily.
The remote control does not operate
whilethekeyisintheignition,evenif
theignitionisoff.
ELECTRONIC
IMMOBILISER
If you lose your keys
Visit a CITROËN dealer with the
vehicle'sV5registrationcerticateand
youridenticationdocument.
A CITROËN dealer will be able
toretrievethekeycodeand
the transponder code so that a
replacementkeycanbeordered.
When purchasing a second-hand
vehicle,havethekeysmemorisedby
a CITROËN dealer, so as to be sure
thatthekeysinyourpossessionare
the only ones that can be used to start
thevehicle.
ALARM
Ifttedonyourvehicle,thisprovides
twotypesofprotection:
- exteriorprotection:itsoundsifa
front/reardoororthebonnetis
opened.
- interiorprotection:itsoundsif
the volume inside the passenger
compartmentchanges(breakingof
a window or a movement inside the
vehicle).
Ifyourvehicleisttedwithaseparation
partition, the interior protection is not
activeintheloadspace.
Locking the vehicle with
complete alarm
Setting the alarm
- Switch off the ignition and get out of
thevehicle.
- Setthealarmwithinveminutesof
gettingoutofthevehicle,bylocking
ordeadlockingusingtheremote
control.TheredLED,locatedinthe
button,ashesoncepersecond.
Allofthekeyscontainanelectronic
immobiliserdevice.
Thisdevicelockstheenginesupply
system.Itisactivatedautomatically
whenthekeyisremovedfromthe
ignition.
After the ignition is switched on, a
dialogueisestablishedbetweenthekey
andtheelectronicimmobilisersystem.
Themetalpartofthekeymustbe
unfolded correctly for correct dialogue
totakeplace.
21
Access
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
FRONT DOORS
From the inside
Usethedooropeningcontroltounlock
andopenthedoorconcerned.
From the outside
Usetheremotecontroltolock/unlock
thevehicle.
Insertthemetalpartofthekeyinthe
lockonthedriver'ssideiftheremote
controldoesnotwork.
Disarming
- Unlockthevehiclewiththeremote
control or switch on the ignition, the
redLEDgoesoff.
Locking the vehicle with
exterior protection only
If, while you are away from the vehicle,
you wish to leave a window partially
open or a pet inside the vehicle, you
shouldchooseexteriorprotectiononly.
- Switchofftheignition.
-
In the next ten seconds,
press the button until the
redLEDisoncontinuously.
- Getoutofthevehicle.
- Withinthenextveminutes,set
thealarmbylockingordeadlocking
using the remote control (the red
LEDashesonceasecond).
Triggering
The siren sounds, the direction indicators
ashforapproximately30secondsand
theredLEDashesrapidly.
-
Toswitchitoff,insertthekeyand
switchontheignition.
When the alarm has been triggered ten
times in succession (when triggered for the
eleventhtime)itisdeactivated.Repeatthe
procedureforsettingthealarm.
Locking the vehicle without
alarm
- Insertthekeyinthelockonthe
driver'sdoorandlockit.
Do not set the alarm when washing
yourvehicle.
Failure of the remote control
When the alarm is set but the remote
controldoesnotoperate:
-
Unlockthedoorswiththekeyand
openthedoor.Thealarmistriggered.
- Switch on the ignition in the
nexttenseconds.Thealarmis
disarmed.
Incorrect operation
When the ignition is switched on, if the
red LED remains on for ten seconds,
thereisafaultinthesirenconnection.
Contact a CITROËN dealer to have the
systemchecked.
Automatic setting of the alarm
Depending on the country in which
the vehicle is sold, the alarm is set
automatically approximately 2 minutes
afterthelastdoorisclosed.
To prevent triggering of the alarm when
a door is opened, you have to press
theremotecontrolunlockingbutton
again.
Donotmakeanymodications
to the alarm system as this could
causefaults.
22
Access
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
SLIDING SIDE DOORS
From the outside
Pull the handle towards you then
towards the rear and open the side
door guiding the rearward sliding to
beyond the point of resistance to hold
itopen.
A mechanical system prevents opening
of the left-hand side door when the fuel
llerapisopen.
From the inside
Unlockthesidedoorusingthishandle
and open it, guiding the rearward
slidingtothepointofresistance.Pass
thispointtoholdthedooropen.
Close the side door using the handle
to start the sliding and pass the point
ofresistance.Then,usetheshaped
recess at the top of the door pillar to
guidethedooruntilitlocks.
Do not use the grab handle to slide the
door.
Good practice
Takecarenottoblocktheguidespace
ontheoortoallowthedoortoslide
correctly.
Ifyourvehicleisparkedonaslope,
guidetheslidingofthesidedoor.In
fact, the door could open or close more
rapidly due to the slope of the ground
andcouldcauseinjury.
For safety and operation reasons, do
not drive with the sliding side doors
open.
23
Access
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Operation in the event
of a battery failure
Front and side passenger doors
In the event of a battery or of the
centrallockingfault,usethelockto
lockthedoorsmechanically.
- To open the door and get out of the
vehicle,pulltheinteriorcontrol.
- Tolockthedoor,insertthekeyin
thelock,locatedontheedgeofthe
door, then turn it one eighth of a
turn.
Driver's door
- Insertthekeyinthelock,thenturn
ittotherighttolockortotheleftto
unlock.
TAILGATE
From inside
(emergency control)
Intheeventofacentralunlocking
operatingfault,thispermitsunlocking
ofthetailgatefromtheinside.
Insert a small screwdriver in the
opening, between the tailgate and the
oor.Tounlockthelock,movethe
catchtotheleftthenpushthetailgate.
Opening
From outside
Locking/unlockingisbymeansofthe
remotecontrol.
To open, press the control below the
trimthenraisethetailgate.
A pull strap is available to close the
tailgatefromthehighposition.
Guide the closing of the tailgate to the
balance point of its travel then push on
thetailgatetocloseitfully.
24
Access
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
HINGED REAR DOORS
From outside
Toopen,pullthehandletowardsyou.
Pull the lever to open the right-hand
door.
To close, start with the right-hand door
thenclosetheleft-handdoor.
Withtheroofrearap,therearbumper
has been reinforced to serve as a
footrestwhenenteringthevehicle.
The hinged rear doors are
asymmetrical(2/3-1/3),withthe
smallerdoorontheright.
Theyarettedwithacentrallock.
Tailgate screen
The opening rear screen allows you to
access the rear of the vehicle directly,
withouthavingtoopenthetailgate.
Opening
Afterunlockingthevehicleusingthe
remotecontrolorthekey,pressthe
control and raise the rear screen to
openit.
Closing
Close the rear screen by pressing
the centre of the glass until it is fully
closed.
The tailgate and tailgate screen
cannot both be open at the
same time, to prevent damage to
thescreen.
25
Access
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
In practice
It is possible to drive with the right-
handdooropentomakeiteasierto
carrylongloads.Theleft-handdooris
keptclosedbythedistinctive"yellow"
lock,positionedatthebaseofthedoor.
This closed door must not be used as
aloadretainer.
Driving with the right-hand door open
isaspecialdispensation.Complywith
the usual safety indications to warn
otherdrivers.
From inside
When present on the vehicle, pulling
this handle towards you opens the left-
handdoor.
Opening to approximately 180°
Acheckstrapsystempermitsextension
of the opening from approximately 90°
toapproximately180°.
Pull the yellow control when the door is
open.
Thecheckstrapwillengageagain
automaticallyonclosing.
Whenparkedwiththe
rear doors open to 90°,
thedoorsmasktherear
lamps.Tosignalyour
position to other road
users driving in the same
direction who may not
have seen your vehicle,
use a warning triangle
or other device required
by the legislation in your
country.
26
Access
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
REAR ROOF FLAP
Support bar
A support bar is provided for
transporting long loads, after opening
therearroofap.
Foldbackthesupportbarbyliftingthe
lever.
Guideittothedoorpillar.
Support the long loads to be
transported, lift them and reposition the
supportbarwithonehand.
Ensure that it is secured correctly by
pressing the handle downwards past
the point of resistance and secure the
loadsrmly.
The rear bumper has been
reinforced to serve as a footrest
whenenteringthevehicle.
Thereardoorsonlylockwhenthe
supportbarisinstalled.
Whentherearroofapisopen,take
care when driving where height is
restricted.
Never rest loads directly on the rear
doors.
Comply with the usual indications, to
warnotherdrivers.
Reservetheuseoftherearroofap
forshortjourneys.
The side supports can be used as
hookingpoints.
- lowertheblackpaddletosecure
therearroofap.
Securingtherearroofapplacesiton
the seal correctly and ensures sealing
withoutnoise.
Thisrearroofapisonlycompatible
withside-hingedreardoors.
Toopentherearroofap:
- raisetheblackpaddleofthetoggle,
- relieve the toggle by pressing the
rearroofap(downwards)then
releasethehook,
- lifttherearroofap,
- pass the point of resistance to
securetherearroofapusingthe
supportstays.
Neverdrivewithoutthestaysinplace.
Toclosetherearroofap:
- checkthatthesupportbaris
secured correctly,
- lowertherearroofap,
- whilepressingtherearroofap
(downwards),takeholdofthe
two loops of the spring then place
thehookinitshousing,
Never attach any load to the rear roof
ap.
Never drive without the support bar in
place.
27
Access
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
CENTRAL LOCKING
An initial press permits
centrallockingofthevehicle,
when all of the doors are
closed.
Door open warning lamp
ThecontrolswitchLED:
- asheswhenthedoorsarelocked
with the vehicle stationary and the
engine off,
- comes on when the doors are
lockedandfromthetimethe
ignitionisswitchedon.
Anti-intrusion security
If this warning lamp comes
on,checkthatallofyour
vehicle's doors are closed
correctly.
Locking while driving
When the vehicle moves off, as soon
as you reach approximately 6 mph
(10km/h),thesystemlocksthedoors.
Thecharacteristiccentrallockingnoise
isheard.TheLEDintheswitchonthe
dashboardcentralswitchpanelcomeson.
Duringthejourney,openingadoor
resultsincompleteunlockingofthe
vehicle.
Activating / deactivating the
function
With the ignition on, press
and hold this switch to
activate or deactivate the
function.
Drivingwiththedoorslockedmay
makeaccesstotheinteriormore
difcultinanemergency.
A second press permits central
unlockingofthevehicle.
The control is inactive when the vehicle
hasbeenlockedusingtheremote
controlorthekeyfromtheoutside.
The doors can still be opened from the
inside.
28
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Dials
1. Distancerecorderinkilometres/
miles.
2. Displayscreen.
3. Fuel gauge, coolant temperature
gauge.
4. Revcounter.
5. Tripdistancerecorder/service
indicatorreset.
6. Instrumentpanellightingdimmer.
Level 1
INSTRUMENT PANEL Display screens Screens
The format of the information
presented in the screen depends on
thevehicle'sequipmentlevel.
Level 2
with the touch screen tablet
29
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Centre console with screen
Instrument panel without screen
- Turntotheleft:24Hor12His
displayed.
- Turn to the right to select 24H
or12H.
- Turn to the left to complete the time
adjustment.
After approximately 30 seconds
without any action, the screen returns
tothenormaldisplay.
DATE AND TIME
Centre console without screen
The display - time sequence
islinkedaccordingtomodel
(version).Theaccessto
the"Date"adjustmentis
only active when the model
versionoffersadateinwords.
Toadjustthetime,usethe
left-hand button on the
instrumentpanel:
- Turntotheleft:theminutesash.
- Turn to the right to increase the
minutes (hold the button to the right
forrapidscrolling).
- Turntotheleft:thehoursash.
- Turn to the right to increase the
hours (hold the button to the right
forrapidscrolling).
30
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Screen C
Press the MENUbutton.
Using the arrows, select
PERSONALISATION
CONFIGURATION.
Presstoconrmthe
selection.
Using the arrows, select
DISPLAY CONFIGURATION.
Presstoconrmthe
selection.
Using the arrows, select
ADJUST DATE AND TIME.
Presstoconrmthe
selection.
Adjustthesettingsoneby
oneconrmingbypressing
the OKbutton.
Then select the OK tab in the
screenandconrm.
31
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Touch screen tablet
F Select the "Conguration"
menu.
F In the secondary page,
press on "Time/Date".
F Select "Adjust time" or "Adjust
date" and modify the settings using
thenumberkeypad,thenconrm.
F Press "Conrm"toquit.
32
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
WARNING LAMPS
Warning lamp is indicates Solution - action
STOP
on, associated
with another
warning
lamp and
accompanied
by a message
inthescreen.
majorfaultslinkedwith
the"Brakeuidlevel",
"Engine oil pressure and
temperature", "Coolant
temperature", "Electronic
brakeforcedistribution"and
"Power steering" warning
lamps.
You must stop as soon as it is safe to do
so. Park and switch off the ignition. Have it
checked by a CITROËN dealer or a qualied
workshop.
Parking
brake /
Brake uid
level / EBFD
on.
thattheparkingbrakeisapplied
orhasnotbeenreleasedfully.
Releasingtheparkingbrakeswitchesoffthe
warninglamp.
on. lowbrakeuidlevel. TopupusingauidrecommendedbyCITROËN.
remaining on even
though the level
is correct and
associated with the
ABSwarninglamp.
a fault with the electronic
brakeforcedistribution.
You must stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
Park and switch off the ignition.
Have it checked by a CITROËN dealer or a
qualied workshop.
Engine oil
pressure and
temperature
on while
driving.
low pressure or a high
temperature.
Parkandswitchofftheignitionthenallowtocool.
Visuallycheckthelevel.
Chapter7,"Levels"section.
remaining on,
even though the
leveliscorrect.
amajorfault.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualiedworkshop.
Eachtimethevehicleisstarted:aseriesofwarninglampscomesonapplyingaself-testcheck.Theygooffalmost
immediately.
Enginerunning:thelampbecomesawarningifitremainsoncontinuouslyorashes.
Thisinitialwarningmaybeaccompaniedbyanaudiblesignalandamessageinthescreen.
Donotignorethesewarnings.
33
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Warning lamp is indicates Solution - action
Coolant
temperature
and level
on with needle
in the red
zone.
an abnormal increase in
temperature.
Parkandswitchofftheignitionthenallowtocool.
Visuallycheckthelevel.
ashing. adropinthecoolantlevel.
Chapter7,"Levels"section.
ContactaCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshop.
Service
ontemporarily. minorfaultsorwarnings.
Consultthealertloginthedisplayorscreen.
If your vehicle is equipped with a trip computer or
ascreen:refertothe"Steeringmountedcontrols"
sectioninChapter4.
ContactaCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshop.
remainingon. majorfaults.
Seat belt not
fastened
on then
ashing.
thedriverand/orfront
passenger has not fastened
theirseatbelt.
Pullthestraptheninsertthetongueinthebuckle.
accompanied
by an audible
signal then
remainson.
the vehicle is moving with
thedriver'sand/orfront
passenger's seat belt not
fastened.
Checkthattheseatbeltisfastenedbypullingthe
strap.
Chapter5,"Seatbelts"section.
ECO
on.
The Stop & Start system
has put the engine in STOP
mode following a vehicle
stop(redlight,trafcjam,
etc...).
As soon as you want to move off, the warning
lamp goes off and the engine restarts
automaticallyinSTARTmode.
ashesfora
few seconds,
thengoesoff.
STOP mode is temporarily
unavailable.
or
START mode has been
invokedautomatically.
Chapter3,"Stop&Start"section.
34
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Warning lamp is indicates Solution - action
Front / lateral
airbag
ashingor
remainingon.
afailureofanairbag.
HavethesystemcheckedbyaCITROËNdealer
oraqualiedworkshopwithoutdelay.
Chapter5,"Airbags"section.
Front
passenger's
airbag
deactivated
on.
the intentional deactivation
of this airbag in the
presence of a rearward
facingchildseat.
Chapter5,"Airbags"or"childsafety"section.
Low fuel
level
on with gauge
needle in the
redzone.
Whenitrstcomeson,
there remains around
8litresoffuelinthetank.
The distance you can drive
on this fuel depends on
your style of driving and the
enginetype.
Youmustllupwithfueltoavoidrunningout.
This warning lamp comes on each time you
switchontheignitionuntilyouhavelledup.
Capacityofthetank:approximately60litres(or
55litresaccordingtoversion).
Neverriskdrivinguntilthetankisempty,this
coulddamagetheemissionsandinjection
systems.
ashing.
cutting off of the fuel supply
followingaseriousimpact.
Restorethesupply.
Chapter7,"Fuel"section.
EOBD
emission
control
system
ashingor
remainingon.
afailureofthesystem.
Thereisariskofdamagetothecatalytic
converter.HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËN
dealeroraqualiedworkshop.
Battery
charge
on.
a fault in the charging
circuit.
Checkthebatteryterminals,…
Chapter8,"Battery"section.
ashing.
placing of the active
functions on standby
(economymode).
Chapter8,"Battery"section.
remaining on,
in spite of the
checks.
anignitionorinjection
malfunction.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualiedworkshop.
+
ABS
35
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Warning lamp is indicates Solution - action
Power
steering
on.
a fault with the
system.
Thevehicleretainsconventionalsteeringwithoutassistance.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshop.
Door open
detection
on and accompanied
by a message in the
screen.
that a door is not
closedcorrectly.
Checkthatallofthedoorsareclosed.
ABS remainingon.
a fault with the anti-
lockbrakingsystem.
Thevehicleretainsconventionalbraking.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualiedworkshop.
ESC
ashing.
triggering of the ASR
orDSCregulation.
The system optimises traction and improves the
directionalstabilityofthevehicle.
Chapter5,"Drivingsafety"section.
remainingon.
a fault with the
system.
E.g.:under-ination
ofthetyres.
E.g.:checkthepressureofthetyres.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualiedworkshop.(Wheelspeedsensor,
hydraulicvalveblock,...).
Under-
ination
on.
the tyre pressure is
too low in or more
wheels.
Checkthetyrepressureassoonaspossible.
Thischeckmustbedonewiththetyrescold.
ashingthen
remaining on,
accompanied by the
Service warning
lamp, and depending
on equipment, the
displayofamessage.
the tyre pressure
monitoring system
has a fault or one of
the wheels does not
haveasensor.
Detectionofunder-inationisnolongerassured.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualiedworkshop.
Particle lter on.
a problem with the
particlelter(fuel
additivelevel,riskof
blockage,...).
HavetheltercheckedbyaCITROËNdealeror
aqualiedworkshop.
Chapter7,"Levels"section.
36
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Warning lamp is indicates Solution - action
Dipped beam
headlamps /
Daytime
running
lamps
on.
a manual selection or
automatic illumination of
headlamps.
Turntheringonthelightingcontrolstalktothe
secondposition.
illumination of the dipped beam headlamps
fromthetimetheignitionisswitchedon:
daytime running lamps (depending on the
countryinwhichthevehicleissold).
Chapter4,"Steeringmountedcontrols"section.
Main beam
headlamps
pullingofthestalktowards
you.
Pullthestalktoreturntodippedbeam
headlamps.
Direction
indicators
ashingwith
audiblesignal.
a change of direction via
thelightingstalk.
Flashingright:pushstalkdownwards.
Flashingleft:pushstalkupwards.
Front
foglamps
on. amanualselection.
The foglamps only operate if the sidelamps or
dippedbeamheadlampsareon.
Rear
foglamps
on. amanualselection.
The foglamps only operate if the sidelamps or
dippedbeamheadlampsareon.
In conditions of normal visibility, switch them off
toavoidbreakingthelaw.
"Thislampisadazzlingred".
37
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Warning lamp
in the screen
is indicates Solution - action
Cruise
control
on. cruisecontrolselected.
Manualselection.
Chapter4,"Steeringmountedcontrols"section.
Speed limiter on. speedlimiterselected.
Manualselection.
Chapter4,"Steeringmountedcontrols"section.
Gear shift
indicator
on.
a recommendation
independent of the type and
densityoftrafc.
To reduce fuel consumption, change to an
appropriategearwithamanualgearbox.
The driver retains responsibility to follow this
indicationornot.
Diesel
pre-heating
on.
climatic conditions requiring
pre-heating.
Wait until the warning lamp goes off before
operatingthestarter.
Presence of
water in the
Diesel lter
on and
accompanied by
a message in
thescreen.
waterintheDiesellter.
HavethelterbledbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualiedworkshopwithoutdelay.
Chapter7,"Checks"section.
Accordingtocountry.
Service
spanner
on.
that a service will be due
shortly.
Refertothelistofchecksinthemaintenanceand
warrantyguide.
Have the service carried out by a CITROËN
dealeroraqualiedworkshop.
Time ashing. adjustmentofthetime.
Usetheleft-handbuttonontheinstrumentpanel.
Chapter3,"Instrumentsandcontrols"section.
+
38
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
AdBlue
®
Formoreinformationonlling,refertothechapter7,AdBlue
®
section.
Alert Information Solution - action
1
st
level of alert
Thereisanaudiblesignalwhentheignitionisswitchedon.
The warnings are intermittent and then become
permanentwhenswitchingontheignitionorwhendriving.
The remaining driving range is counted down from
1500miles(2400km)to375miles(600km).
Therangegurereducesinstepsof200miles(300km).
The contents of the AdBlue
®
tankhasdroppedtoa
levelsufcientforarangeoflessthan1500miles
(2400km).
Havetheuidtopped-upusinganAdBlue
®
containerorbottles.
2
nd
level of alert
There is an audible signal when the ignition is
switchedon.
The warnings are intermittent (every 30 seconds)
and then become permanent every time the ignition
isswitchedonorwhendriving.
The remaining driving range is counted down from 350 miles
(600km)tozero,reducinginstepsof30miles(50km).
You must have the AdBlue
®
topped-up and not wait
forabreakdown.
In the display
screen.
Temporarydisplay:"NO START IN".
In the touch
screentablet.
Select:
- "Drivingassistance".
- "Diagnostic".
Thedrivingrangeisdisplayed.
3
rd
level of alert
The AdBlue
®
tankisempty.
Starting is impossible.
It is essential to add at least 3.8 litres of AdBlue
®
additivetotheadditivetank.
+
+
39
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
SCR emissions control system
Alerts Information Solution - action
The UREA, Service and diagnostic warning lamps
come on, an SCR emissions control system fault
hasbeendetected.
This is is temporary fault, the alert disappears as
soon as the exhaust emissions return to normal
levels.
After 30 miles (50 km) without AdBlue
®
Conrmationofthefaultwhichisnotrelatedtoa
lackofuid.
Theremainingdrivingrange700miles
(1100km).
GotoaCITROËNdealeroraqualiedworkshop
assoonaspossibletoavoidabreakdown.
Thefaultisconrmed.
The next time the ignition is switched on, the
authorised driving range will be displayed in miles
(kilometres)andthealertwillberepeatedevery
30seconds.
The limit of the driving range has been reached,
exhaustemissionslevelsareabovethelimits.
Startingisimpossible.
To restart the engine, you must contact a
CITROËNdealeroraqualiedworkshop.
- BlueHDi Diesel
40
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
FUEL GAUGE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
The needle is positioned before the
red zone:normaloperation.
In arduous conditions of use or hot
climatic conditions, the needle may
moveclosetotheredgraduations.
What you should do if the needle
enters the red zone:
Reduce your speed or let the engine
runatidle.
What you should do if the warning
lamp comes on:
- stop immediately, switch off the
ignition.Thefanmaycontinueto
operate for a certain time, up to
approximately 10 minutes,
- wait for the engine to cool down in
ordertocheckthecoolantleveland
topitupifnecessary.
As the cooling system is pressurised,
follow the procedure below to avoid the
riskofscalding:
- wait at least one hour after
switching off the engine before
carryingoutanywork,
- unscrewthecapby1/4turnto
allow the pressure to drop,
- when the pressure has dropped,
checkthelevelintheheadertank,
- if necessary, remove the cap to
topup.
If the needle remains in the red
zone,havethesystemcheckedby
aCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshop.
Refertochapter7,"Levels"
section.
Refertochapter7,"Fuel"section.
The fuel level is tested each time the
keyisturnedtothe"running"position.
Thegaugeispositionedon:
- 1:thefueltankisfull,
approximately60litres.
- 0: the reserve is now being used,
the warning lamp comes on
continuously.Thereservewhen
thewarningrstcomesonis
approximately8litres.
41
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
EMISSIONS CONTROLS
EOBD (European On Board
Diagnosis) is a diagnostics
system which complies with,
among others, the standards
onemissionslimitsof:
- CO (carbon monoxide),
- HC (unburnt hydrocarbons),
- NOx (nitrogen oxides), detected
by oxygen sensors placed
downstream of the catalytic
converters,
- particles.
UNDER-INFLATION DETECTION
This system
continuously monitors
the pressures of the four
tyres, as soon as the
vehicleismoving.
A pressure sensor is located in the
valve of each tyre (except the spare
wheel).
The system triggers an alert if a drop
in pressure is detected in one or more
tyres.
Thetyreunder-inationdetection
system is an aid to driving which
does not replace the need for
vigilanceonthepartofthedriver.
The driver is warned of any
malfunction of this emissions
control system by the illumination
of this warning lamp in the instrument
panel.
If this warning lamp comes on, have
itcheckedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualiedworkshop.
This system does not avoid the
needtocheckthetyrepressures
regularly (including the spare
wheel)andbeforealongjourney.
Drivingwithunder-inatedtyres
adversely affects road holding,
extendsbrakingdistancesandcauses
premature tyre wear, particularly under
arduous conditions (vehicle loaded,
highspeed,longjourney).
Drivingwithunder-inatedtyres
increasesfuelconsumption.
The tyre pressures for your vehicle
can be found on the tyre pressure
label.
Refertochapter9,"Identication
markings"section.
Thetyrepressuresmustbechecked
when the tyres cold (vehicle stopped
for 1 hour or after driving for less then
6miles(10km)atmoderatespeed).
Otherwise,add0.3bartothevalues
indicatedonthelabel.
42
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
The alert is maintained until
the tyre or tyres concerned is
reinated,repairedorreplaced.
The spare wheel (space-saver type or
asteelrim)doesnothaveasensor.
Operating faultUnder-inflation alert
The loss of pressure detected
does not always lead to visible
deformationofthetyre.Donotrely
onjustavisualcheck.
Thealertisgivenbythexed
illumination of this warning lamp,
accompanied by an audible signal,
and depending on equipment, the
displayofamessage.
Theashingandthen
xedilluminationofthe
under-inationwarning
lamp accompanied by the
illumination of the "Service" warning
lamp, and depending on equipment,
the display of a message indicates a
faultwiththesystem.
In this case, monitoring of the tyre
pressuresisnotassured.
In the event of a problem on one of
the tyres, the symbol or the message
appears, according to equipment, to
identifyit.
- Reduce speed, avoid sudden
steeringmovementsorharshbrake
applications.
- Stopassoonasitissafetodoso.
- In the event of a puncture, use
thetemporarypuncturerepairkit
or the spare wheel (according to
equipment),
or
- if you have a compressor, the one
in the temporary puncture repair
kitforexample,checkthefourtyre
pressures when cold,
or
- ifitisnotpossibletocheckthe
tyre pressures at the time, drive
carefullyatreducedspeed.
This alert is also displayed when
oneormorewheelsisnottted
with a sensor (for example, a
space-saverorsteelsparewheel).
GotoaCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshoptohavethesystemchecked
or, following the repair of a puncture, to
have the original wheel, equipped with
asensor,retted.
43
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
UNDER-INFLATION DETECTION WITH REINITIALISATION
Systemwhichautomaticallychecksthe
pressuresofthetyreswhiledriving.
The system monitors the pressures
in the four tyres, once the vehicle is
moving.
It compares the information given by
the four wheel speed sensors with
reference values, which must be
reinitialised every time the tyre
pressures are adjusted or a wheel
changed.
The system triggers an alert as soon
asitdetectsadropintheination
pressureofoneormoretyres.
Theunder-inationdetection
system does not replace the need
for vigilance on the part of the
driver.
This system does not avoid the need to
checkthetyrepressures(includingthe
spare wheel) every month as well as
beforealongjourney.
Drivingwithunder-inatedtyres
impairsroadholding,extendsbraking
distances and causes premature
tyre wear, particularly under arduous
condition (high loading, high speed,
longjourney).
Drivingwithunder-inatedtyres
increasesfuelconsumption.
Theinationpressuresdenedfor
your vehicle can be found on the
tyrepressurelabel.
For more information on the
identicationmarkings,refertothe
correspondingsection.
Tyrepressuresshouldbechecked
when the tyres are "cold" (vehicle
stoppedfor1hourorafterajourneyof
lessthan6miles(10km)atmoderate
speeds).
Otherwise(whenhot),add0.3barto
thepressuresshownonthelabel.
44
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Under-inflation alert
Thisisgivenbyxed
illumination of this warning lamp,
accompanied by an audible signal
and, depending on equipment,
thedisplayofamessage.
Before reinitialising the system,
ensure that the pressures of
the four tyres are correct for the
use of the vehicle and in line with the
recommendations on the tyre pressure
label.
Theunder-inationalertcanonly
be relied on if the reinitialisation of
the system has been done with the
pressures in the four tyres correctly
adjusted.
Theunder-inationdetectionsystem
does not give a warning if a pressure is
incorrectatthetimeofreinitialisation.
The loss of pressure detected
does not always cause visible
bulgingofthetyre.
Donotsatisfyyourselfwithjustavisual
check.
The alert is maintained until the
systemisreinitialised.
F Reduce speed immediately, avoid
excessive steering movements and
suddenbraking.
F Stop the vehicle as soon as it is
safetodoso.
F If you have a compressor, such as
the one in the temporary puncture
repairkit,checkthepressuresof
thefourtyreswhencold.
F Ifitisnotpossibletomakethis
checkimmediately,drivecarefully
atreducedspeed.
or
F In the event of a puncture, use
thetemporarypuncturerepairkit
or the spare wheel (depending on
equipment).
Reinitialisation
It is necessary to reinitialise the system
every time one or more tyre pressures
areadjusted,andafterchangingone
ormorewheels.
45
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Reinitialisation of the system must be done with the ignition on and the vehicle
stationary:
- inthevehiclecongurationmenuforvehiclettedwithadisplayscreen,
- usingthebuttononthedashboard,forvehicleswithoutdisplayscreen.
Screen A
F Press the MENU button for access
tothemainmenu.
F Press the "5" or "6" button to
select the menu Veh cong, then
conrmbypressingtheOKbutton.
F Press the "5" or "6" button to
select the "Reinit inat", menu,
thenconrmbypressingtheOK
button.
Amessageisdisplayedtoconrm
theinstruction.
F ConrmbypressingtheOKbutton.
Screen C
F Press the MENU button for access
tothemainmenu.
F Press the "5" or "6" button to
select the "Personalisation-
conguration"menu,thenconrm
by pressing the OKbutton.
F Press the "5" or "6" button
to select the "Dene vehicle
parameters"menu,thenconrm
by pressing the OKbutton.
F Press the "5" or "6" button to
select the "Tyre pressures" menu,
then the "Reinitialisation" menu,
thenconrmingbypressingthe
OKbutton.
Amessageconrmsthe
reinitialisation.
Touch screen tablet
F Press the MENUbutton.
F Select the "Driving"menu.
F In the secondary page, select
"Under-ination initialisation".
Amessageisdisplayedtoconrmthe
reinitialisationinstruction.
F Select "Yes" or "No",thenconrm.
Amessageconrmsthereinitialisation.
46
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
The new pressure settings registered
are considered to be reference values
bythesystem.
Theunder-inationalertcanonly
be relied on if the system has
been reinitialised with all four tyres
inatedtothecorrectpressures.
Before doing anything to the
system, the pressures of the four
tyresmustbecheckedandthe
systemreinitialised.
Snow chains
The system does not have to be
reinitialisedafterttingorremoving
snowchains.
Dashboard button
F Makealongpressonthisbutton.
Ahightoneaudiblesignalconrmsthe
reinitialisation.
A low tone audible signal indicates that
thereinitialisationwasnotcompleted.
Operating fault
Theashingandthenxedillumination
oftheunder-inationwarninglamp
accompanied by illumination of the
Service warning lamp indicates a fault
withthesystem.
Inthiscase,under-inationmonitoring
ofthetyresisnolongerassured.
Havethesystemcheckedbya
CITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshop.
47
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
SERVICE INDICATOR
This programmes service intervals
accordingtotheuseofthevehicle.
More than 1 000 miles/km before the
next service is due
Example:4800miles/kmremain
beforethenextserviceisdue.When
the ignition is switched on and for a
fewseconds,thescreenshows:
A few seconds after the ignition is
switched on, the oil level is displayed
(depending on version), then the total
distance recorder resumes normal
operation showing the total and trip
distances.
Less than 1 000 miles/km before the
next service is due
Each time the ignition is switched on and for a few
seconds,thespannerashesandthenumberof
miles/kilometresremainingisdisplayed:
A few seconds after the ignition is
switched on, the oil level is displayed
(depending on version), then the total
distance recorder resumes normal
operationandthespannerremainson.
This indicates that a service should be
carriedoutshortly.
Service overdue
Operation
A few moments after the ignition
has been switched on, the spanner
indicating a service operation comes
on; the display for the total distance
recordergives(inroundgures)the
distance remaining before the next
service.
The points at which a service is due
are calculated from the last indicator
zeroreset.
The point at which a service is due is
determinedbytwoparameters:
- the distance travelled,
- the time which has elapsed since
thelastservice.
The distance remaining before the
next service may be weighted by
the time factor, depending on the
typeofdriving.
With the engine running the spanner
remains on until the service has been
carriedout.
For BlueHDi Diesel versions, this
alertisalsoaccompaniedbythexed
illumination of the Service warning
lamp,onswitchingontheignition.
Each time the ignition is
switched on and for a few
seconds, the spanner
ashesandtheexcess
distanceisdisplayed.
For BlueHDi Diesel versions, the
spanner can also come on early,
according the level of deterioration
oftheengineoil.Deteriorationofthe
engine oil depends on the conditions of
useofthevehicle.
48
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Instruments and controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Trip recorder zero
reset button
After this operation, if you wish
todisconnectthebattery,lock
thevehicleandwaitforatleastve
minutes, otherwise the zero re-set will
notberegistered.
Engine oil level indicator
Depending on your vehicle's engine,
when the ignition is switched on,
the engine oil level is indicated for
a few seconds, after the service
information.
Oil level
correct
Low oil level
Flashing of "OIL",
linkedwiththe
service warning lamp,
accompanied by an
audible signal and a message in the
screen, indicates a low oil level which
coulddamagetheengine.
Ifthelowoillevelisconrmedbya
checkusingthedipstick,itisessential
thatthelevelistoppedup.
Oil level gauge
fault
Flashing of "OIL--"
indicates a
malfunction of the
engineoillevelindicator.Contact
aCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshop.
The level read will only be correct
if the vehicle is on level ground
and the engine has been off for
morethan30minutes.
Dipstick
A = maximum, never exceed
this level as a surplus of oil
maydamagetheengine.
Contact a CITROËN dealer
oraqualiedworkshop
withoutdelay.
B = minimum, top up the level
viatheoilllercap,usingthe
grade of oil suited to your
engine.
Lighting dimmer
With the ignition on, press
the button until the zeros
appear.
With the lighting on,
press the button to vary
the brightness of the
instrumentsandcontrols.
When the lighting reaches
the minimum
(or maximum) setting, release the
button then press it again to increase
(orreduce)thebrightness.
As soon as the lighting is of the
requiredbrightness,releasethebutton.
Zero reset
YourCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshopcarriesoutthisoperation
aftereachservice.
However, if you carry out the service
yourself, the re-set procedure is as
follows:
- switch off the ignition,
- press and hold the trip recorder
reset button,
- switchontheignition.
Thedisplaybeginsacountdown.
When the display shows "=0", release
thebutton;thespannerdisappears.
49
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Gearbox and steering wheel
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
MANUAL GEARBOx
5-speed
6-speed
To change gear easily, always depress
theclutchpedalfully.
To prevent the mat from becoming
caughtunderthepedal:
- ensure that the mat is positioned
andsecuredcorrectlyontheoor,
- nevertonematontopofanother.
When driving, avoid leaving your hand
onthegearknobastheforceexerted,
even if slight, may wear the internal
componentsofthegearboxovertime.
Changing into 5
th
or 6
th
gear
To engage the gear correctly, move the
gearleverfullytotheright.
Engaging reverse gear
The lever should be moved slowly
toreducenoise.
To engage reverse gear, wait until the
vehiclehascometoacompletestop.
STEERING WHEEL ADJUSTMENT
When the vehicle is stationary,
releasethesteeringwheeladjustment
mechanismbypullingthelever.
Adjustthesteeringwheelforheight
andreach,thenlockthemechanismby
pushingtheleverfullyforward.
Inthe6-speedconguration,raisethe
collarbelowthegearknob.
50
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Gearbox and steering wheel
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
The information appears
in the instrument panel
intheformofanarrow.It
may be accompanied by a
recommendedgear.
The system adapts its gear
change recommendation
according to the driving conditions
(slope,load,...)andthedemands
of the driver (power, acceleration,
braking,...).
Thesystemneversuggests:
- engagingrstgear,
- engagingreversegear.
With an electronic gearbox, the system
isonlyactiveinmanualmode.
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR
Depending on the driving situation and
your vehicle's equipment, the system
mayadviseyoutoskipone(ormore)
gear(s).Youcanfollowthisinstruction
without engaging the intermediate
gears.
The gear engagement
recommendations must not be
consideredcompulsory.Thisis
becausethecongurationoftheroad,
thetrafcdensityandsafetyremain
determining factors when choosing
thebestgear.Therefore,thedriver
remains responsible for deciding
whether or not to follow the indications
given.
Thisfunctioncannotbedeactivated.
System which reduces fuel
consumption by recommending the
mostappropriategear.
51
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Gearbox and steering wheel
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
6-SPEED ELECTRONIC GEARBOx
- automaticmode:gearselectorin
position A.
- manualmode:gearselectorin
position M.
Forsafety:
It is only possible to come out
of position Nifthebrakepedalis
pressed.
The change from position A (driving in
automatic mode) to position M (driving
in manual mode) or vice versa can be
madeatanytime.ThewarninglampA
goesoffintheinstrumentpanel.
Mode selection
Moving off
- To start the engine, the gear
selector must be in position N.
- Pressrmlyonthebrakepedal.
- Operatethestarter.
- When the engine is running, place
the gear selector on R, A or M as
desired.
- Releasethebrakepedaland
accelerate.
If the gear selector is not in position N,
and/orifthebrakepedalisnot
pressed,theenginewillnotstart.
Repeattheaboveprocedure.
Reverse gear
Engaging reverse gear
Move the gear selector to R.
Only attempt to select reverse gear
when the vehicle is stationary.
Neutral
Changing to neutral
Move the gear selector to N.Ifthe
vehicle is moving, do not select this
positionevenmomentarily.
52
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Gearbox and steering wheel
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Acceleration
Foroptimumacceleration(e.g.to
overtakeanothervehicle),simply
press the pedal beyond the point of
resistance at the end of its travel, by
pressingdownrmly.
Vehicle stationary, with the
engine running
In the event of a prolonged stop with
the engine running, the gearbox
changes automatically to neutral N.
Stopping the vehicle
Before stopping the engine, put the
gear selector in position N.
In all cases, it is essential to apply
theparkingbrake.Checkthatthe
parkingbrakewarninglampisoninthe
instrumentpanel.
Before doing anything in the
enginecompartment,checkthat
the gear selector is in neutral N.
Changing gear
In situations of high engine speeds
(heavy acceleration), a change
up will not occur unless the driver
operates the electronic gearbox control
paddle.
Pull on the "+" control
paddletochangeup.
Pull on the "-" control
paddle to change
down.
- If the vehicle stops or reduces
speed (for example when
approaching a stop sign),
the gearbox changes down
automatically,torstgearif
needed.
- It is not necessary to release the
accelerator completely during gear
changes.
- A gear change instruction is
accepted only if the engine speed
permits.
- For safety reasons, depending on
the engine speed, a change down
maybeperformedautomatically.
Manual mode
Changing to manual mode
Move the gear selector to M.
Automatic mode
Changing to automatic
mode
Move the gear selector to A.
The gearbox then operates in
automatic mode, without any action on
yourpart.
It constantly selects the gear that is
bestsuitedtothefollowingconditions:
- driving style,
- roadprole,
- optimumfuelconsumption.
53
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Stop & Start
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
STOP & START
The Stop & Start system puts the
engine temporarily on standby - STOP
mode-duringstopsinthetrafc(red
lights,trafcjams,orother...).
The engine restarts automatically -
START mode - as soon as you want to
moveoff.
Therestarttakesplaceinstantly,
quicklyandsilently.
Perfect for urban use, the Stop & Start
system reduces fuel consumption and
exhaust emissions as well as the noise
levelwhenstationary.
Operation
Going into engine STOP mode
The "ECO" warning lamp
comes on in the instrument
panel and the engine goes
intostandby:
- with a manual gearbox, at speeds
below12mph(20km/h),whenyou
put the gear lever into neutral and
release the clutch pedal,
- with a 6-speed electronic
gearbox, at speeds below 5 mph
(8km/h),whenyoupressthebrake
pedal or put the gear lever into
position N.
Ifyourvehicleisttedwiththesystem,
a time counter calculates the sum of
the periods in STOP mode during a
journey.Itrestsitselftozeroeverytime
theignitionisswitchedonwiththekey.
With a 6-speed electronic
gearbox, for your comfort during
parkingmanoeuvres,STOPmode
is not available for a few seconds after
comingoutofreversegear.
STOP mode does not affect the
functionality of the vehicle, such as
braking,powersteering,forexample.
Never refuel with the engine in
STOP mode; you must switch off
theignitionwiththekey.
Special cases: STOP mode
unavailable
STOPmodeisnotinvokedwhen:
- the vehicle is on a steep slope
(rising or falling),
- the driver's door is open,
- the driver's seat belt is not
fastened,
- the vehicle has not exceeded
6mph(10km/h)sincethelast
enginestartusingthekey,
- the engine is needed to maintain
a comfortable temperature in the
passenger compartment,
- demisting is on,
- some special conditions (battery
charge, engine temperature,
brakingassistance,ambient
temperature...)wheretheengine
is needed to assure control of a
system.
In this case, the "ECO"
warninglampashesfora
fewseconds,thengoesoff.
This operation is perfectly normal.
54
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Stop & Start
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Going into engine START mode
The "ECO" warning lamp
goesoffandtheenginestarts:
- with a manual gearbox, when you
fully depress the clutch pedal,
- with a 6-speed electronic
gearbox:
● gearleverinpositionA or M,
whenyoureleasethebrake
pedal,
● orgearleverinpositionN and
thebrakepedalreleased,when
you move the gear lever to
position A or M,
● orwhenyouengagereverse
gear.
With a manual gearbox in STOP
mode, if a gear is engaged without
fully depressing the clutch pedal, a
warning lamp comes on or a message
isdisplayedaskingyoutodepressthe
clutchpedaltorestarttheengine.
Special cases: START invoked
automatically
For your safety and comfort, START is
invokedautomaticallywhen:
- you open the driver's door,
- you unfasten the driver's seat belt,
In this case the "ECO"
warninglampashesforfew
seconds,thengoesoff.
This operation is perfectly normal.
Deactivation
In certain circumstances, such as the need
to maintain a comfortable temperature in
the passenger compartment, it may be
preferabletodeactivateStop&Start.
At any time, press the "ECO
OFF" switch to deactivate the
system.
Thisisconrmedbytheswitchwarning
lamp coming on accompanied by a
messageinthescreen.
If the system has been deactivated
in STOP mode, the engine restarts
immediately.
Reactivation
Press the "ECO OFF"switchagain.
The system is active again; this is
conrmedbytheswitchwarning
lamp going off and a message in the
instrumentpanel.
The system is reactivated
automatically at every new start
usingthekey.
Operating fault
In the event of a malfunction
with the system, the "ECO
OFF" switch warning lamp
ashes,thencomeson
continuously.
Thissystemrequiresaspecic
batterywithaspecialspecication
and technology (reference
numbers available from a CITROËN
dealeroraqualiedworkshop).
Fitting a battery not listed by
CITROËNintroducestheriskof
malfunctionofthesystem.
haveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealer
oraqualiedworkshop.
In the event of a fault in STOP mode,
thevehiclemaystall.Allofthewarning
lamps in the instrument panel come
on.Itisthennecessarytoswitchoff
the ignition and start the engine again
usingthekey.
- the speed of the vehicle exceeds
15mph(25km/h)withamanual
gearboxor7mph(11km/h)with
the 6-speed electronic gearbox
system,
- some special conditions (battery
charge,enginetemperature,braking
assistance,ambienttemperature...)
where the engine is needed to
assurecontrolofasystem.
55
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Stop & Start
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
The Stop & Start system
requiresabatteryofspecic
characteristics.Allworkonthis
type of battery must be done only
byaCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshop.
For more information on the 12 V
battery,referto"Battery"insection8.
Good practice when stopping
Good practice when starting
Diesel pre-heating warning
lamp
If the temperature is high
enough, the warning lamp
comes on for less than
one second, you can start
withoutwaiting.
In cold weather, wait for this warning
lamp to go off then operate the starter
(Starting position) until the engine
starts.
Door or bonnet open
warning lamp
If this comes on, a door or the bonnet
isnotclosedcorrectly,check!
Minimise engine and gearbox wear
When switching off the ignition, let the
engine run for a few seconds to allow
the turbocharger (Diesel engine) to
returntoidle.
Do not press the accelerator when
switchingofftheignition.
There is no need to engage a gear
afterparkingthevehicle.
STARTING AND STOPPING
Running and accessories position.
Tounlockthesteering,turnthe
steering wheel gently while turning the
key,withoutforcing.Inthisposition,
certainaccessoriescanbeused.
Starting position.
The starter is operated, the engine
turnsover,releasethekey.
STOP position:steeringlock.
Theignitionisoff.Turnthesteering
wheeluntilthesteeringlocks.Remove
thekey.
Opening the bonnet
Before doing anything under the
bonnet, deactivate the Stop & Start
systemtoavoidtheriskofinjury
related to an automatic change to
STARTmode.
Driving on ooded roads
Beforedrivingthroughaoodedroad,
it is strongly recommended that you
deactivatetheStop&Startsystem.
For more advice on driving, particularly
onoodedroads,refertothe
correspondingsection.
56
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Starting and switching off
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
HILL START ASSIST
This system (also called HHC - Hill
HolderControl),linkedtothedynamic
stabilitycontrolsystem,makeshill
starts easier and is activated in the
followingconditions:
- the vehicle must be stationary,
enginerunning,footonthebrake,
- the gradient of the road must be
steeper than 5%,
- uphill, the gearbox must be in
neutral or in a gear other than
reverse,
- downhill, reverse gear must be
engaged.
The Hill Start Assist system is a driving
aid.Itisnotanautomaticvehicle
parkingfunctionoranautomatic
parkingbrake.
Operation
Withthebrakepedalandclutchpedal
pressed, from the time you release
thebrakepedal,withoutusingthe
parkingbrake,youhaveapproximately
2 seconds to move off before the
vehiclestartstorollback.
During the moving off phase, the
function is deactivated automatically,
graduallyreleasingthebraking
pressure.Duringthisphase,the
characteristic noise of mechanical
releaseofthebrakesmaybeheard,
indicating the imminent movement of
thevehicle.
Operating fault
Hill start assist is deactivated in the
followingsituations:
- when the clutch pedal is released,
- whentheparkingbrakeisapplied,
- when the engine is switched off,
- whentheenginestalls.
If a malfunction of the
system occurs, this
warning lamp comes on
accompanied by an audible
signalandconrmedby
amessageinthescreen.Havethe
systemcheckedbyaCITROËNdealer
oraqualiedworkshop.
57
READY TO GO
3
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
Starting and switching off
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap03_Pret-a-partir_ed02-2016
DRIVING RECOMMENDATIONS
Observe the driving regulations and
remainvigilantwhateverthetrafc
conditions.
Paycloseattentiontothetrafcand
keepyourhandsonthewheelsothat
you are ready to react at any time to
anyeventuality.
As a safety precaution, the driver
must only carry out actions requiring
sustained attention when the vehicle is
stationary.
Onalongjourney,abreakevery
twohoursisstronglyrecommended.
Indifcultweather,drivesmoothly,
anticipatetheneedtobrakeand
increase the distance from other
vehicles.
Driving on flooded roads
We strongly advise against driving
onoodedroads,asthiscouldcause
serious damage to the engine or
gearbox, as well as to the electrical
systemsofyourvehicle.
If you are obliged to drive through
water:
- checkthatthedepthofwaterdoes
notexceed15cm,takingaccount
of waves that might be generated
by other users,
- deactivate the Stop & Start system,
- drive as slowly as possible without
stalling.Inallcases,donotexceed
6mph(10km/h),
- do not stop and do not switch off
theengine.
Onleavingtheoodedroad,assoon
ascircumstancesallow,makeseveral
lightbrakeapplicationstodrythebrake
discsandpads.
If in doubt on the state of your vehicle,
contact a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshop.
Neverdrivewiththeparkingbrake
applied-Riskofoverheatingand
damagetothebrakingsystem!
Riskofre!
As the exhaust system of your vehicle
is very hot, even several minutes
after switching off the engine, do not
parkorleavetheenginerunningover
areaswhereinammablesubstances
andmaterialsarepresent:grass,
leaves,etc.
Never leave a vehicle
unsupervised with the engine
running.Ifyouhavetoleave
your vehicle with the engine running,
applytheparkingbrakeandputthe
gearbox into neutral or position N or P,
dependingonthetypeofgearbox.
Important!
58
Steering mounted controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
DIRECTION INDICATORS
"Motorway" function
Pressthecontrolupordowntoash
the corresponding direction indicator
threetimes.
LIGHTING
Left:downwardspassingthe
pointofresistance.
Right:upwardspassingthe
pointofresistance.
Front and rear lighting
Lighting off
Automatic illumination of
headlamps
Sidelamps
Dipped beam (green)
Dipped beam/main beam change
Pullthestalkfullytowardsyou.
Lighting-on audible warning
On switching off the ignition, all of the
lamps turn off, except dipped beam if
automatic guide-me-home lighting has
beenactivated.
Checkingbymeansoftheindicator
lamps in the instrument panel is
described in the "Instruments and
controls"sectionofchapter3.
Direction indicators
Selection is by turning this
ring.
Main beam (blue)
To activate the lighting
control, turn this ring to
the lighting off position "0"
then to the selection of
yourchoice.
On opening the driver's door, there is
an audible warning if you have left the
lightingon.
59
Steering mounted controls
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
LED DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
Rear foglamps (amber,
2nd rotation of the ring
forwards).
Front foglamps (green,
1st rotation of the ring
forwards).
Rotate this ring forwards
to switch on and
rearwardstoswitchoff.
Theirstateisconrmedby
the warning lamps in the
instrumentpanel.
Do not forget to switch them off
whentheyarenolongerneeded.
Operation of the automatic illumination
of headlamps switches off the rear
foglamps, but the front foglamps
remainon.
To switch off the front and
rear foglamps, turn the
ring rearwards twice in
succession.
Automatic illumination of headlamps
In foggy weather or in snow,
the sunshine sensor may detect
sufcientlight.
As a consequence, the lighting
willnotcomeonautomatically.If
necessary, you must switch on
thedippedbeamheadlampsmanually.
Do not cover the sunshine sensor
located on the windscreen, behind
themirror.Itisusedfortheautomatic
illumination of headlamps and for the
automaticrainsensitivewipers.
Activation
The sidelamps
and dipped beam
headlamps switch
on automatically if
the light is poor, or
during operation of the windscreen
wipers.Theyswitchoffassoonasthe
light becomes bright enough or the
windscreenwipersstop.
On starting the vehicle, in daylight the
LED daytime running lamps come on
automatically.
If the sidelamps and headlamps are
switched on manually or automatically,
thedaytimerunninglampsgooff.
Programming
For countries where exterior lighting by
day is not a legal requirement, you can
activate or deactivate the function via
thecongurationmenu.
If the user does not operate any
equipment for 30 minutes, the
Economy mode engages to avoid
dischargingthebattery.Electrical
functions are put on standby and the
batterywarninglampashes.
Sidelamp operation is not affected by
Economymode.
In clear weather or in rain, both day
and night, rear foglamps dazzle and
theiruseisprohibited.
Refer to chapter 8, "Battery
section".
Front and rear foglamps
They operate with the sidelamps and
dippedbeamheadlamps.
Turn the ring to the AUTOposition.
The activation of this function is
accompanied by a message in the
screen.
Deactivation
Turntheringforwardsorrearwards.
The deactivation of this function is
accompanied by a message in the
screen.
This function is not compatible with
daytimerunninglamps.
60
Steering mounted controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
If the sunshine sensor
does not function correctly,
the lighting comes on
accompanied by the service
warning lamp, an audible
signalandamessageinthescreen.
Contact a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshop.
Guide-me-home lighting
Keeping the dipped beam headlamps
on temporarily with the ignition off,
makesthedriver'sexiteasierwhenthe
lightispoor.
HEADLAMP BEAM
Thebeamsettingmustbeadjustedto
suittheloadinthevehicle.
0 -Noload.
1 -Partialload.
2 -Averageload.
3 -Maximumauthorisedload.
Manual operation
- Withtheignitionoff,"ash"the
headlamps within one minute after
switchingofftheignition.
The guide-me-home lighting switches
offautomaticallyafterasettime.
Automatic operation
Refer to chapter 10, "Screen
menumap"section.
Initial setting is position 0.
Activate the function via the
vehiclecongurationmenu.
Programming
The system is activated or deactivated
inthevehiclecongurationmenu.
Thesystemisactivatedbydefault.
Switching off
Thesystemdoesnotoperate:
- below a certain angle of rotation of
the steering wheel,
- above25mph(40km/h),
- whenreversegearisengaged.
Switching on
Thisfunctionstarts:
- when the corresponding direction
indicator is switched on,
or
- from a certain angle of rotation of
thesteeringwheel.
With dipped or main beam headlamps,
thisfunctionmakesuseofthebeam
from a front foglamp to illuminate the
inside of a bend, when the vehicle
speed is below 25 mph (approximately
40km/h)(urbandriving,windingroad,
intersections,parkingmanoeuvres...).
CORNERING LIGHTING
Travelling abroad
If using your vehicle in a country
that drives on the other side of the
road,theheadlampsmustbeadjusted
toavoiddazzlingon-comingdrivers.
Contact a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshop.
The function is deactivated temporarily
when you use the manual lighting
controlstalk.
61
Steering mounted controls
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
2 Fastwipe(heavyrain).
1 Normalwipe(moderaterain).
l Intermittentwipe.
0 Off.
â Single wipe
(pressdownwards).
In the Intermittent position, the wiping
speed is in proportion to the vehicle
speed.
WIPERS
Manual wiping
Whenever the ignition has been
switched off for more than one minute,
withthewindscreenwiperstalkin
position2,1orI,thestalkmustbe
reactivated.
- Movethestalktoanyposition.
- Returnittothedesiredposition.
Do not cover the rain sensor,
located in the centre of the
windscreen,behindthemirror.
Activation
Pressthecontroldownwards.
Activation of the function is
accompanied by a message in the
screen.
Deactivation
Placethewindscreenwipersstalkin
position I, 1 or 2.
Deactivation of the function is
accompanied by a message in the
screen.
In the event of malfunction of the
automatic windscreen wipers, the
windscreen wipers will operate in
intermittentmode.
Contact a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshoptohavethesystem
checked.
In the AUTO position, the windscreen
wipers operate automatically and
adapt their speed to the intensity of the
rainfall.
When not in AUTO mode, for the
other positions, refer to the manual
windscreenwiperssection.
The automatic rain sensitive
windscreen wipers function must
bereactivatedbypressingthestalk
downwards, if the ignition has been
switchedoffformorethanoneminute.
When using an automatic car
wash, switch off the ignition to
avoid triggering the automatic
wiping.
In winter, it is advisable to wait for the
windscreen to completely clear of ice
beforeoperatingtheautomaticwipers.
Automatic wipers
62
Steering mounted controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Screenwash
Pullthestalktowardsyou,thewash-
wipe is accompanied by a timed sweep
ofthewipers.
Turntheringpasttherst
position:therearscreenwash
then the rear wiper operates
foraxedtime.
In winter, in the event of a
considerable amount of snow
or ice, switch on the heated
rearscreen.Oncethescreenis
clear, remove the snow or ice which
has accumulated on the rear wiper
blade.Youcanthenoperatetherear
windscreenwiper.
To top up the level, refer to the
"Levels"sectionofchapter7.
Special position of the
windscreen wipers
In the minute following switching
off of the ignition, any action on the
stalkpositionsthewipersagainstthe
windscreenuprights.
This action enables you to position
thewiperbladesforwinterparking,
cleaningorreplacement.
Refer to the "Changing a windscreen
wiperblade"sectionofchapter8.
Toparkthewipersintheirnormal
position after this has been done,
switch on the ignition and move the
stalk.
Turntheringtotherst
position.
Rear wiper Rear screenwash
63
Steering mounted controls
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
TRIP COMPUTER
A few definitions
Range: displays the distance which
can travelled with the remaining fuel
detectedinthetank,basdonthe
average consumption over the last few
miles(kilometres).
This displayed value may vary
signicantlyfollowingachangeinthe
vehiclespeedorthereliefoftheroute.
Current fuel consumption: only
calculated and displayed above
20mph(30km/h).
Average fuel consumption: this is the
average fuel consumption since the
lasttripcomputerzeroreset.
Distance travelled: calculated since
thelasttripcomputerzeroreset.
Distance remaining to the
destination: calculated with reference to
thenaldestination,enteredbytheuser.
If guidance is activated, the navigation
systemcalculatesitasacurrentvalue.
Average speed: this is the average
speed calculated since the last trip
computerzeroreset(ignitionon).
Each press of the button, located at
theendofthewiperstalk,displaysthe
different trip computer information in
turn,dependingonthescreen.
When the required trip is displayed,
press the control for more than
twoseconds.
When the range falls below 20 miles
(30km),dashesaredisplayed.After
llingwithatleast10litresoffuel,the
range is recalculated and is displayed
whenitexceeds60miles(100km).
If, whilst driving, dashes are displayed
continuously in place of the digits,
contactaCITROËNdealer.
The "vehicle" tab with the range,
current fuel consumption and the
remainingdistancetorun.
The "1" tab (trip 1) with the average
speed, the average fuel consumption
and the distance travelled in trip "1".
The "2" tab (trip 2) with the same
information for a 2
nd
trip.
Reset
64
Steering mounted controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
CRUISE CONTROL
"CRUISE"
"This is the speed at which the driver
wishestodrive".
Thisaidtodrivinginfree-owing
trafcenablesthevehicletomaintain
the speed programmed by the driver,
unlessasteepgradientmakesthis
impossible.
For the system to be programmed or
activated, the vehicle speed must be
greaterthan25mph(40km/h)with
4thgearorhigherengaged.
The state of the cruise control system
can be seen in the instrument panel
together with the the programmed
speedsetting.
Function selected,
display of the "Cruise
Control"symbol.
Function off,
OFF
Functionon.
Vehicle speed above,
the programmed
speedashes.
Operating fault
detected,
OFF - the dashes
ash.
1. CruisecontrolmodeOn/Off.
2. Reducecruisespeedsetting.
3. Increasecruisespeedsetting.
4. Pause/Resumecruisecontrol.
65
Steering mounted controls
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Selecting the function
First activation /
Programming a
speed
Temporarily exceeding the
speed setting
Deactivation (off)
- Press this button or
thebrakeorclutch
pedal.
Reactivation
- Following deactivation of the cruise
control,pressthisbutton.
Your vehicle will return to the last
programmedspeed.
Alternatively,youcanrepeatthe"rst
activation"procedure.
It is possible to accelerate and drive
momentarily at a speed greater than
theprogrammedspeedsetting.The
valueprogrammedashes.
When the accelerator pedal is
released, the vehicle will return to the
programmedspeed.
- Reach the chosen speed by
pressingtheaccelerator.
- Press the SET - or SET +button.
Thisprogrammes/activatesthespeed
setting and the vehicle will maintain
thisspeed.
- Place the switch in the CRUISE
position.Thecruisecontrolis
selected but is not yet active and
nospeedhasbeenprogrammed.
66
Steering mounted controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Changing the
programmed speed
Switching the system off
Operating fault
Cancelling the programmed
speed setting
When the vehicle becomes stationary,
after switching off the ignition, the
systemnolongermemorisesaspeed.
There are two methods of memorising
a speed higherthanthepreviousone:
- Place the dial in position 0 or switch
off the ignition to switch everything
off.
Good practice
Without using the accelerator
- Press the SET +button.
Abriefpressincreasesthespeedby1mph(km/h).
A maintained press increases the speed in
stepsof5mph(km/h).
Using the accelerator
- Exceed the memorised speed until
the speed required is reached,
- Press the SET + or SET -button.
To memorise a speed lower than the
previousone:
- Press the SET -button.
A brief press decreases the speed by
1mph(km/h).
A maintained press decreases the
speedinstepsof5mph(km/h).
The programmed speed setting is
clearedandreplacedbythreedashes.
Contact a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshoptohavethesystem
checked.
When changing the programmed
speed setting by means of a
maintained press, pay attention as
the speed can increase or decrease
rapidly.
Do not use the cruise control on
slipperyroadsorinheavytrafc.
In the event of a steep slope, the cruise
control cannot prevent the vehicle from
exceeding the programmed speed
setting.
In any event, the cruise control cannot
replace the need to observe the speed
limits and the need for vigilance on the
partofthedriver.
Itisadvisabletokeepyourfeetnear
thepedals.
Toavoidanyjammingunderthe
pedals:
- ensurethatthematanditsxings
ontheoorarepositionedcorrectly,
- never place one mat on top of
another.
67
Steering mounted controls
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
The speed of the vehicle responds to
the pressure of the driver's foot, up
to the the accelerator pedal's point of
resistance, which indicates that the
programmedspeedhasbeenreached.
However, pressing the pedal beyond
thispointofresistancetotheoor
allows the programmed speed to be
exceeded.Toresumeuseofthelimiter,
simply reduce the pressure on the
accelerator pedal gradually and return
toaspeedbelowthatprogrammed.
Adjustments can be carried out
when stationary, with the engine
running, or with the vehicle moving.
This speed limiter shows the function
selection status in the instrument panel
anddisplaystheprogrammedspeed:
SPEED LIMITER
"LIMIT"
Function selected,
displaying of the
"Speed Limiter"
symbol.
Function off,
last programmed
speed - OFF.
Functionon.
Vehicle speed above,
the programmed
speed setting is
displayedashing.
Operating fault
detected,
OFF - the dashes
ash.
1. LimitermodeOn/Off.
2. Reduce programmed speed
setting.
3. Increase programmed speed
setting.
4. SpeedlimiterOn/Pause.
"This is the selected speed which the
driverdoesnotwishtoexceed".
This selection is made with the engine
running while stationary or with the vehicle
moving.Theminimumspeedwhichcan
beprogrammedis20mph(30km/h).
68
Steering mounted controls
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Selecting the function
Programming a speed setting On / Off
- Place the switch in the LIMIT
position.Thelimiterisselected
butisnotyetactive.Thescreen
indicates the last programmed
speedsetting.
A speed can be programmed without
activating the limiter but with the
enginerunning.
To memorise a speed higher than the
previousone:
- Press the SET +button.
Abriefpressincreasesthespeedby1mph(km/h).
A maintained press increases the speed in steps of
5mph(km/h).
To memorise a speed lower than the
previousone.
- Press the SET -button.
Abriefpressdecreasesthespeedby1mph(km/h).
A maintained press decreases the speed in steps of
5mph(km/h).
Pressing this button once activates
the limiter, pressing the button again
deactivates it (OFF).
69
Steering mounted controls
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Exceeding the programmed
speed
Switching the function off
Operating fault
The programmed speed is cleared
thenreplacedbythreedashes.
Contact a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshoptohavethesystem
checked.
Flashing of the speed setting
Good practice
In any event, the speed limiter cannot
replace the need to observe speed
limits, nor can it replace the need for
vigilanceonthepartofthedriver.
Alwayspayattentiontotheprole
of the road and sharp acceleration
and stay in complete control of your
vehicle.
Toavoidanyjammingunderthe
pedals:
- ensurethatthematanditsxings
ontheoorarepositionedcorrectly,
- never place one mat on top of
another.
Pressing the accelerator pedal in order
to exceed the programmed speed
will have no effect unless you press
the pedal rmly beyond the point of
resistance.
The limiter is deactivated temporarily
andtheprogrammedspeedashes
accompaniedbyanaudiblesignal.
To return to the limiter function, reduce
your speed to below the programmed
speed.
Thespeedsettingashes:
- following forcing of the accelerator
point of resistance,
- when the limiter cannot prevent an
increase in the vehicle speed due
totheproleoftheroadorona
steep descent,
- intheeventofsharpacceleration.
- Place the switch in position 0 or
switch off the ignition to switch the
systemoff.
The last programmed speed remains in
thememory.
70
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Ventilation
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
VENTILATION
the side vents and the central
vents,
Air flow
the footwells,
the windscreen and the footwells,
thewindscreen.
The air distribution can be
modulated by placing the
control in the intermediate
positions,marked"●".
Air distribution
The air supply distribution is
determinedbythefollowingsymbols:
in the red zone, provides
heating of the passenger
compartment.
in the blue zone, provides
ambient air,
The speed of the blown air at
the vents varies from 1 to the
fastest4.Position0switches
itoff.
Adjustthiscontrolinorder
to attain the desired comfort
level.
Heating Manual air conditioning
Temperature
Controlpositioned:
71
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Ventilation
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Intake of exterior air
Recirculation of interior air
Air conditioning A/C
The LED in the button is
off.Thisisthepreferred
operatingposition.
Pressing the button starts
the air conditioning system,
theLEDison.Pressingthe
button again switches the
function off and the LED
goesoff.
The air conditioning does not operate if
thefanspeedissetto0.
The air conditioning can only operate
withtheenginerunning.
TheLEDinthebuttonison.
Recirculation temporarily
prevents exterior odours
andsmokefromenteringthe
passengercompartment.
Used with the setting of the fan speed
(from 1 to 4), recirculation enables you
to attain the desired comfort level more
quicklywithbothhotorcoldsettings.
Thispositionshouldonlybetemporary.
When your desired comfort level has
beenreached,returntotheintake
of exterior air position to permit
renewal of the air in the passenger
compartmentandavoidmisting.Thisis
thepreferredoperatingmode.
72
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Ventilation
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Good practice
For maximum cooling or heating of the
passenger compartment, it is possible
to exceed the value 15 by turning until
LOisdisplayedorthevalue27by
turninguntilHIisdisplayed.
On entering the vehicle, the inside
temperature may be much colder
(orwarmer)thaniscomfortable.There
is no advantage in changing the value
displayedinordertoquicklyreachthe
levelofcomfortrequired.Thesystem
will use its maximum performance to
reachthecomfortvalueset.
DIGITAL AIR CONDITIONING
Automatic operation
AUTO comfort programme
This is the normal air conditioning
systemoperatingmode.
Driver or passenger side comfort
value
The value indicated in the screen
corresponds to a level of comfort and
not a temperature in degrees Celsius
orFahrenheit.
Turn this control to the left
or to the right to decrease or
increasethevalue.Asetting
around the value 21 provides
optimumcomfort.However,
depending on your requirements, a
settingbetween18and24isusual.
Do not cover the sunshine sensor
locatedonthedashboard.
Press this button, the AUTO
symbolisdisplayed.
The system controls the
distribution,theowandthe
intakeofairtoguarantee
comfortandasufcientcirculation
of air in the passenger compartment
accordingtothecomfortvalueset.No
furtheractiononyourpartisrequired.
Airowwillincreasegraduallywhen
the engine is cold, to prevent excessive
distributionofcoldair.
For your comfort, the settings are
stored when the ignition is switched off
and are reinstated the next time the
vehicleisstarted.
The automatic function will no longer
be maintained if you change a setting
manually(AUTOiscleared).
SEPARATE SETTINGS FOR DRIVER AND PASSENGER
73
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Ventilation
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Manual operation
You can, according to your
requirements,makeadifferentselection
from that offered by the system by
changingasetting.Theotherfunctions
willstillbecontrolledautomatically.
Pressing the AUTO button restores fully
automaticoperation.
Air distribution
Pressing this button several
times in succession directs
theairowtowards:
- the windscreen,
- the windscreen and footwells,
- the footwells,
- the side vents, central vents and
footwells,
- thesideventsandcentralvents.
Air ow
Press the small fan button to
reducetheoworthelarge
fan button to increase the
ow.
Onthedisplay,thebladesofthefanll
whentheowisincreased.
Switching the air
conditioning On / Off
Press this button, the A/C
symbol is displayed and the
airconditioningisactivated.
Deactivating the system
Presstheairowsmall fan
button until the fan
symbol disappears from the
display.
This action deactivates all of the
system's functions, with the exception
of the air recirculation and rear screen
demisting(ifttedonyourvehicle).
Your comfort setting is no longer
maintainedandisswitchedoff.
Intake of exterior air /
Recirculation of interior air
Press this button to
recirculatetheinteriorair.
The recirculation symbol is
displayed.
Pressing the large fan
button or the AUTO button
reactivates the system with
the values set before it was
deactivated.
Recirculation prevents exterior odours
andsmokefromenteringthepassenger
compartment.Avoidprolongedoperation
ininteriorairrecirculationmode(riskof
condensation,odourandhumidity).
Pressing this button again activates the
intakeofexteriorair.
Pressing this button again switches off
theairconditioning.
The ventilation outlet, located
in the glove box, diffuses cool
air (if the air conditioning is
on) regardless of the reference
temperature requested in the
passenger compartment and
regardlessoftheexteriortemperature.
For your comfort, do not deactivate the
systemforlongperiods.
74
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Ventilation
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Recommended settings for air conditioning
If I require... Air distribution Temperature Air ow Air recirculation A/C
Heating -
Cooling
Demisting
Defrosting
With automatic digital air conditioning, operation in AUTO mode is recommended,
irrespectiveoftherequirement.
Remembertoswitchitoffwhentheambientairsuitsyourrequirements.
75
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Ventilation
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
DEMISTING AND DEFROSTING
Manual mode
Turn the control to this
temperaturesetting.
Increasetheairowsetting.
Presstheairconditioningbutton.
Returning to exterior air
intakeopenpermitsrenewal
of the air in the passenger
compartment(LEDoff).
Turn the control to this air
distributionsetting.
Demisting the rear screen and/
or mirrors
Pressing this button, with the
engine running, activates the
rapid demisting - defrosting of
therearscreenand/orelectric
mirrors.
Thisfunctionswitchesoff:
- when the button is pressed,
- when the engine is switched off,
- automatically to prevent excessive
energyconsumption.
76
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Ventilation
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
DEMISTING AND DEFROSTING
GOOD PRACTICE
Vents
"Leave them open"
For optimum distribution and diffusion
of hot or cool air in the passenger
compartment,thereareadjustable
central and side vents which can
be directed sideways (right or left)
orvertically(upordown).Foryour
comfort while driving, do not close
themanddirecttheowofairtowards
thewindowsinstead.
Air vents in the footwells and directed
towards the windscreen complete the
equipment.
Donotblocktheventslocatedatthe
windscreen or the air extractor located
intheboot.
Dust filter, odour filter
(activated carbon)
Thisltertrapscertaindustandlimits
odours.
Ensurethatthislterisingood
conditionandhaveallofthelter
elementsreplacedregularly.
Refertothe"Checks"sectionof
chapter7.
Air conditioning
In all seasons, the air conditioning
should only be used with the
windowsclosed.However,ifthe
interior temperature remains high
afteraprolongedperiodparkedin
thesun,rstventilatethepassenger
compartmentforafewminutes.
Use the AUTO mode as much as
possible as it permits optimised
controlofallofthefunctions:airow,
passenger compartment comfort
temperature, air distribution, air
intakemodeorairrecirculationinthe
passengercompartment.
Operate the air conditioning system for
5 to 10 minutes, once or twice a month,
tokeepitingoodworkingorder.
If the system does not produce cold air,
do not use it and contact a CITROËN
dealeroraqualiedworkshop.
Automatic mode: visibility
programme
The comfort programme (AUTO) may
notbesufcienttoquicklydemistor
defrost the windows (humidity, several
passengers,ice).
In this case, select the visibility
programme.Thevisibilityprogramme
indicatorcomeson.
It activates the air conditioning, the air
owandprovidesoptimumdistribution
of the ventilation to the windscreen and
sidewindows.
Itdeactivatestheairrecirculation.
It is normal that the condensation
created by the air conditioning system
resultsinaowofwaterwhichmay
form a puddle under the vehicle when
parked.
77
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
FRONT SEATS
Forwards/backwards Seat height (driver)
To raise the seat, pull the control
upwardsthentakeyourweightoffthe
seatcushion.
To lower the seat, pull the control
upwards then push on the seat
cushion.
Seat backrest angle
Lift the bar and slide the seat forwards
orbackwards.
Thefollowingadjustmentsare
available:
Withyourbackpressedagainstthe
seatbackrest,movetheleverforwards
andsettherequiredangle.
78
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Never drive with the head
restraints removed; they must be
inplaceandcorrectlyadjusted.
Adjustable armrest
Front heated seats control
Eachfrontseatmaybettedwitha
control located on the side part of the
cushion.
Presstoswitchonthecushionheating.
Pressagaintoswitchitoff.
Head restraint height
To raise the head restraint, slide it vertically
upwards.
To lower the head restraint, press the
button and slide the head restraint
verticallydownwards.
Theadjustmentiscorrectwhentheupper
edge of the head restraint is level with the
topofthehead.
To remove the head restraint, press the
buttonandpulltheheadrestraintupwards.
To re-install the head restraint, engage
therodsintheholesmakingsuretheyare
alignedwiththeseatback.
To access the vertical position, raise
thearmrestuntilitlocks.
Lower the armrest to return it to a
positionforuse.
To remove the armrest, press the
release button from the vertical position
andmoveasidethearmrest.
Toputthearmrestbackinplace,clipit
intheverticalposition.
Ifthevehicleisttedwiththeadditional
console and an armrest, to fold the
passenger seat to the table position
removetheconsoleorthearmrest.
79
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
REAR BENCH SEAT
Each1/3-2/3sectioncanbefully
folded,thenremovedindividually.
Head restraint
The1/3-2/3splitrearbenchseatistted
with"comma"shapeheadrestraints.
Highposition:liftandraisethehead
restraint.
Lowposition:pressonthehead
restrainttolowerit.
To remove the head restraint, after
raising it press the tab and lift the head
restraint.
To install the head restraint, engage
the rods of the head restraint in the
holeskeepingitinlinewiththeseat
back.
80
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Fully folded position
Example of operations for the
1/3section.Theyareidenticalforthe
2/3section.
- Raise the grey control bar, located
attherearoftheseatcushion.
- Tilttheentireseatforward.
Putting back in place
Checkthattheseatislocked
ontheoorsecurelywhenitis
returnedtothesittingposition.
- Place the head restraints in the low
position.
- If necessary, move the front seats
forward.
- Press the grey control located on
theupperpartoftheseatbackrest.
- Foldtheseatbackrestontothe
seatcushion.
Tilt the entire seat rearwards until it
locksintoplace.
Raisetheseatbackrest.
Theseatislockedcorrectlywhenthe
control(atthetopoftheseatback)is
nolongervisible.
81
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Removing the bench seat Refitting the bench seat
Refer to the "Fully folded position",
describedpreviously.
To return the bench seat
(1/3sectionand/or2/3section)to
the "passenger carrying" position,
refer to the "Fully folded position"
describedpreviously.
- Tilt the entire seat rearwards by
approximately45°.
- Lift the bench seat vertically to the
limitoftheanchorages.
- Straighten bench seat by tilting it
forwardsthenliftit.
- If necessary, move the front seats
forward.
-
Placethebenchseat(1/3sectionand/or
2/3section)inthefullyfoldedposition.
- Offerupthebenchseat(1/3section
and/or2/3section)vertically.
- Placethehooksbetweenthe
twobars.
- Foldthebenchseatrearwards.
82
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
REAR SEATS (5 SEAT VERSION)
Head restraint
Eachseatcanberemovedindividually.
Each time a seat is returned to the
sitting position or after removing then
rettingaseat,checkthatitislocked
ontheoorsecurely.
The three independent rear seats
arettedwith"comma"shapehead
restraints.
Thebackofthecentreseat,foldedonto
the seat cushion, has a shell which
servesasatablewithcupholder.
Highposition:liftandraisethehead
restraint.
Lowposition:pressonthehead
restrainttolowerit.
To remove the head restraint, after
raising it press the tab and lift the head
restraint.
To install the head restraint, engage
the rods of the head restraint in the
holeskeepingitinlinewiththeseat
back.
83
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Adjusting the angle of the seat backrest
Placing the seat back in the
table position
Returning the seat back to the sitting position
Placing the seat in the fully
folded position
Returning the seat to its original position
- Operatethecontrolandadjustthe
angleoftheseatbackrest.
- Pullthecontroltofoldtheseatback
ontotheseatcushion.
Donotplacehardorheavyobjects
onthetable.Theycouldbecome
dangerousprojectilesintheeventof
sharpbrakingorimpact.
- Releasetheseatbackbypulling
the control, then return it to its
originalposition.
Whenreturningtheseatbackrestto
the sitting position, ensure that it is
lockedsecurely.
- Pull the control to place the seat
backinthetableposition.
- Raise the bar located behind the
seat to release the rear anchoring
points.
- Tilt the entire seat forwards, until it
locks.
- Pushtheredcontrol.
- Foldbacktheseattoxtherear
anchoringpoints.
- Raisetheseatbackrestbypulling
thecontrol.
- Checkthattheseathascorrectly
lockedintoplace.
Beforeunfoldingtheseat,check
thatnoobjectisobstructingthe
anchorage points or preventing
correctlockingoftheseats.
84
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Removing the seat
- If necessary, move the front
seats forward and lower the head
restraint.
- Place the seat in the fully folded
position.
Good practice
Followingthevariousoperations:
- do not remove a head restraint
withoutstoringitandxittoa
support,
- ensure that the passengers can
always access the seat belts and
fasten them easily,
- passengersmustnevertake
theirseatwithoutadjustingand
fasteningtheirseatbelt.
Refer to the "Fully folded position"
describedpreviously.
- Press the red lever to release the
frontfeet.
- Tilt the entire seat rearwards by
approximately 45° without releasing
thelever.
- Releasethelever.
- Lift the seat vertically to the limit of
theanchorages.
- Straighten the seat by tilting it
forwardsthenliftit.
Refitting the seat
- Tilttheseatforwardby45°.
- Placethehooksbetweenthetwo
bars.
- Foldbacktheseattoxtherear
anchoringpoints.
- Pull the control to return the seat
backtoitsinitialposition.
- Raisetheheadrestraint.
Beforeunfoldingtheseat,check
thatnoobjectisobstructingthe
anchorage points or preventing
correctlockingoftheseats.
85
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Head restraint
Thisisofthe"comma"shapetype.
Highposition:pressthetab,liftand
raisetheheadrestraint.
Lowposition:pushthetabandpress
thetopoftheheadrestrainttolowerit.
Toremovetheheadrestraint:placeitin
thehighposition,liftit,thenremoveit.
Store it inside the vehicle, securing it
rmly.
Toinstalltheheadrestraint:engage
the rods of the head restraint in the
holeskeepingitinlinewiththeseat
back.
Each seat can be removed and must
bereplacedinthespeciedposition,
indicatedbyasymbolonitslabel.
The seats of row 2 and row 3 are
independentandadjustable.
REAR SEATS (7 SEAT VERSION)
86
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Left-hand outer seat
Types of Row 2 seat
Types of Row 3 seat
Centre seat Right-hand outer seat
Right-hand outer seatLeft-hand outer seat
87
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Adjusting the angle of the seat backrest
- Operatethecontrolandadjustthe
angle.
Placing the seat backrest in the
table position
- Lowertheheadrestraintfully.
- Operate the control to fold the seat
backontotheseatcushion.
Returning the seat backrest to the
sitting position
- Releasetheseatbackrestby
pulling the control, then return it to
itsoriginalposition.
- Ensurethatithascorrectlylocked
intoplace.
Placing the seat in the fully folded
position
- Placetheseatinthetableposition.
- Pull the red strap, located behind
the seat, to release the feet of the
seat from their anchorage on the
oor.
- Tilttheentireseatforwards.
Row 2 seat adjustments
Returning the seat to its original
position
- Unfoldtheentireseat.
Before folding the seat, ensure
that:
- in row 3, no passenger's
foot is at one of the seat
anchoragesontheoor,
- theseatislockedsecurelyon
theoor,
- the seat belt is available for
thepassenger.
88
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Row 3 seat adjustments
Placing the seat backrest in the
table position
- Lowertheheadrestraintfully.
- Operate the control to fold the seat
backrestontotheseatcushion.
Returning the seat backrest to the
sitting position
- Releasetheseatbackrestby
pulling the control, then return it to
itsoriginalposition.
- Checkthatithascorrectlylockedin
place.
Returning the seat to its original
position
- Pushtheredcontrol.
- Unfoldtheentireseat.
Placing the seat in the fully folded
position
- Placetheseatinthetableposition.
- Raisethebarttedwithared
strap, located behind the seat, to
release feet of the seat from their
anchorageontheoor.
- Tilttheentireseatforwards.
Ensurethat:
- theseatislockedsecurelyon
theoor,
- the seat belt is available for
thepassenger.
89
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Entering, exiting from Row 3
Entering
- Place the row 2 seat in the table
position.
Exiting
- Lowertheheadrestraintfully.
- Operate the yellow control, located
onthebackoftherow2seat
backrest.
- Foldtheseatbackresttothetable
position.
Ensure that the centre seat belt is
stowed correctly in its housing in
theheadlining.
- Tilt it to the fully folded position to
allowaccess.
- Pull the red strap to place the seat
inthefullyfoldedposition.
- Tilttheentireseatforwards.
- Exitviathesidedoor.
Beforefoldingitback,ensurethat
the feet of the passenger in row 3
are not obstructing the row 2 seat
anchoringpoints.
90
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Removing a seat
- If necessary, move the front seats
forward.
- Lowertheheadrestraint.
- Place the seat in the fully folded
position.
- Tilt the entire seat forwards then
liftit.
Retting the seat
The label on the seat indicates the
positioninwhichitmustbeinstalled.
- Placethehooksofthefrontfeet
betweenthetwobars.
- Foldbacktheseattoxtherear
anchoringpoints.
- Operate the control to raise the
seatbacktoitsinitialposition.
- Raisetheheadrestraint.
Ensurethatnoobjectorfootofa
passenger seated in the rear is
obstructing the anchorage points
orpreventingcorrectlockingof
theseat.
Operating the Row 2 seats
91
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Operating the Row 3 seats
Removing the seat
- Lowertheheadrestraint.
- Place the seat in the fully folded
position.
- Tilttheentireseatforwards.
- Oneachside,takeholdofthe
uprights of the folded seat, tilting it
forwardslightly,andliftit.
Retting the seat
The label on the seat indicates the
positioninwhichitmustbeinstalled.
- Placethehooksofthefrontfeet
betweenthetwobars.
- Ensurethatnoobjectorfootis
obstructing the rear anchorage
points and that the seat belt is
positioned correctly and available
foruse.
- Foldbacktheseattoxitsrear
anchoringfeet.
- Operate the control to raise the
seatbacktoitsinitialposition.
- Raisetheheadrestraint.
Good practice
Followingthevariousoperations:
- do not remove a head restraint
without stowing it; secure it inside
the vehicle,
- ensure that the passengers can
always access the seat belts and
fasten them easily,
- passengersmustnevertake
theirseatwithoutadjustingand
fasteningtheirseatbelt.
- a passenger seated in row 3 must
ensure that he does not obstruct
the row 2 seat anchorage points,
- a passenger seated in row 3 must
not have the seat in front of them in
row 2 in the folded position; this is
in case the seat could tip towards
the passenger unexpectedly and
injurethem.
Donotplacehardorheavyobjectson
theseatbacksformingatable,they
couldbecomedangerousprojectilesin
theeventorsharpbrakingorimpact.
92
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
MODULARITY AND DIFFERENT SEAT CONFIGURATIONS
5 seat layouts
93
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Seats
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
7 seat layouts
The various operations
must be carried out while
stationary.
94
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
FRONT FITTINGS
1. Lower glove box
Thismayormaynotbettedwithalid.
Upper storage compartment
This is located on the dashboard,
behindthesteeringwheel.
Arecessmakesliftingofthelideasier
whenopening.Guideittoitsrest
position.
To close, guide the lid then press the
centregently.
Anyliquidwhichcouldspillrisks
causing an electrical short circuit and
thereforeapotentialre.
3. Side storage compartment
4. Bag hook
Onlyhangexiblebagswhicharenot
tooheavyonthishook.
2. Storage pocket and bottle
holder (1.5 L)
95
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Overhead storage unit
This is located above the sun visors
andcanaccommodatevariousobjects
(ajumper,le,gloves...).
The openings concealed by the sun
visors allow you to see and access the
objectsstoredintheoverheadstorage
unit.
The maximum weight permitted in the
overheadstorageunitis5Kg.
Donotplaceobjectsinthisstorage
unitwhichcouldpresentarisktothe
occupants.
Central storage console
This console offers an appreciable
additionalstoragearea:itcanbe
removed and clips onto a base which
also incorporates two cup holders at
therear.
Ensurethattheobject(bottle,can...)
placed in the cup holder is retained
securelyanddoesnotriskbeing
dislodgedwhiledriving.
Any liquid which could spill presents
ariskofdamageoncontactwiththe
instrument panel and centre console
controls.
Takecare.
Sun visor
To prevent dazzle from ahead, fold the
sunvisordown.
Apocketisprovidedinthedriver'ssun
visorforstoringtollcards,tickets,...
Storage compartment under
seats
Storage compartments are available,
withorwithoutlid,intheoorunderthe
frontseats.
To gain access to them, move the seat
forward.Thelidmustbeliftedfromthe
rearoftheseat.
96
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
SEATING AREA FITTINGS
Floor boxes
Two boxes are available, located under
therearpassengerfootwells.
Toopenthem,slideyourngersinto
therecessandliftthelid.
Aircraft style tables
To put the table in place, pull it
upwardsandfolditdown.
As a safety precaution, above a high
pressure, the table is designed to
unhook.
Toputitbackinplace,withthetable
vertical, engage one side then the
other,forcingslightly.
Donotplacehardorheavyobjects
onthetable.Theycouldbecome
dangerousprojectilesintheeventof
sharpbrakingorimpact.
Abaghookisprovidedonthesideof
eachtable.
Side blinds
Side blinds may be available on the
slidingsidedoors.
Pullthesideblindbythetabtoinstallit.
To avoid damaging the blind when
openingthedoor,checkthatthetabis
hookedsecurely.
Always guide the blind slowly
using the tab, both when raising
andwhenlowering.
97
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
MODUTOP ROOF
The multifunction roof extends the
overheadstorageunit.Itconsistsof
thefollowingcomponents:
Storage compartments
Storage compartments are provided
oneachsideoftheroof.Themaximum
authorisedloadis6kg.
The translucent base assists with
ndingobjectsstoredinside.
Donotstoreobjectswhichcould
presentarisktotheoccupants.
Courtesy lamp
The operation of the courtesy lamp is
identicaltothatofthefrontcourtesylamp.
Refer to chapter 4 "Practical
information", "Courtesy lamps"
section.
98
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
From inside From outside
Rear box
This roof box can be accessed from
therearseatsandtheboot.
Fromtherearseats,slidetheapsto
open.
Vents
A 3-position control allows you to
adjusttheairowthroughthevents.
Theventsarealsottedwithascented
airfreshener.
From the boot, place your thumb on
the recess then pull the handle to
open.
Opencarefullytopreventobjects
stored in this interior roof box from
fallingout.
Themaximumauthorisedloadis10kg.
99
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
SCENTED AIR FRESHENER
The scented air freshener diffuses
a fragrance in the passenger
compartment from the roof console
vents.
Adjusting the flow
Turnthechromedbuttontoadjustthe
diffusion:
- to the left to decrease,
- totherighttoincrease.
To stop the diffusion, turn the chromed
buttonfullytotheleft.
Removing the scented air
freshener
- Press the button down while turning
it a quarter of a turn to the left to
thestop.
- Remove the scented air freshener
fromtheroofconsole.
- Replacethecartridge.
100
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Replacing a cartridge
Thescentedairfreshenerrellconsists
of a cartridge B and its sealing case C.
- RemovetheprotectivelmD.
- Place the head of the cartridge B
on the button A of the scented air
freshener.
- Turnitaquarterofaturntolockit
onthebuttonandremovethecase.
- Insert the scented air freshener in
itslocation.
You can change the cartridges at any
time and store cartridges which have
already been started in their original
case.
The scented air freshener button A is
independentofthecartridge.
The cartridges are supplied without the
button A.
Inserting the scented air
freshener
Afterttingorchangingthecartridge:
- Putthescentedairfreshenerback
inplaceinitslocation.
- Turn it a quarter of a turn to the
right.
Good practice
As a safety precaution, only use the
cartridgesprovidedforthispurpose.
Donotdismantlethecartridges.
Keep the cartridge sealing cases
whichareusedaspackagingwhenthe
cartridgesarenotinuse.
Nevertrytorellthecartridgeswith
fragrances other than those available
fromCITROËNdealers.
Keep out of reach of children and
animals.Avoidcontactwiththeskin
andeyes.Ifswallowed,consulta
doctorandshowhimthepackagingor
productlabel.
The scented air freshener button A can
onlybexedonthemultifunctionroof
consolewithacartridge.
Therefore, always retain button A and
acartridge.
The cartridges are available from
CITROËNdealers.
101
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
MODUTOP ROOF BARS
The maximum authorised weight on
eachroofbaris35kg.
In all cases, the load must rest on
the non-slip bands provided for this
purpose and must not touch the roof or
theglazingoftheroof.
Recommendations for loading the
roof
This procedure requires the use of
a spanner supplied with the tools for
changingawheel.
These two longitudinal Modutop roof
barscanberemoved.
Chapter 9, "Changing a wheel"
section.
- Opentheprotectivecovers.
- Slackenthefourscrewsusingthe
spannerandremovethem.
- Turn the bars 90° placing the
hollowpartstowardsthefront.
- Retthethe4screwsandtighten
themusingthespanner.
- Closetheprotectivecovers.
- Use the strap passages A only to
securetheloadrmly.
102
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
ExTERIOR ROOF BARS
If you install transverse bars on these bars, refer to the weight values indicated
bythemanufacturerbutdonotexceed:75kg.
103
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Automatic switching on/off
The front courtesy lamp comes on when
thekeyisremovedfromtheignition,when
thevehicleisunlocked,whenoneofthe
front doors is opened and for location of
thevehicleusingtheremotecontrol.
It goes off gradually after the ignition is
switched on and when the vehicle is
locked.
Frontseats:comesonwhen
one of the front doors is
opened.
These are switched on and off by
means of a manual switch, with
theignitionon.
Rearseats:comesonwhen
one of the rear doors is
opened.
If the doors remain open for
a few minutes, the courtesy
lampsgooff.
Permanentlyoff.
Permanentlyon,ignitionon.
Front courtesy lamp
COURTESY LAMPS
Rear courtesy lamp Front individual reading lamps
104
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
LOAD SPACE COVER (5 SEAT VERSION)
Thisrigidshelfconcealstheobjects
storedintheboot.
Removing
Foldtheloadspacecover.
Detach it from the notches A and B
pullingittowardsyou.
Raiseitandremovetheassembly.
Retting
Place the load space cover in front
of A and B.
Push it forwards to insert the lugs in
thenotches.
Unfold and clip into the notches C.
Folding
From the boot, fold the half-shelf,
raising it to detach it from the notch C.
Storing (according to version)
Alocationisprovidedinthebackofthe
rear seats to accommodate the load
spacecoverfoldedontoitself.
Slide it vertically between the side
guideslocatedatmidseatbackheight.
Insertthehingerst,withthefreeaps
turnedupwards.
This rigid load space cover can
formashelf.However,asasafety
measure,donotplaceobjects
on it which could become dangerous
projectilesintheeventofsharpbraking
orrearimpact.
105
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
12 volt socket (120 W max)
It is advisable to limit the use of this
sockettoavoiddischargingthebattery.
Protective net
Openthecoverlocatedinthehook
support.
Fix the top of the net in the notches,
havingrstturnedthebar1/4ofaturn.
Ensure that the end of the bar engages
correctly in the metal part of its
location.
Fix the straps in the locations provided
ontheoor.
Tightenthenetusingthestraps.
Stowing rings
Use these rings to secure loads on the
oor.
The connection of an electrical
device not approved by CITROËN,
such as a USB charger, may
adversely affect the operation of
vehicle electrical systems, causing
faults such as poor telephone reception
or interference with displays in the
screens.
106
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
REAR FITTINGS
(7 SEAT VERSION)
Cup holder
Any liquid carried in a cup (mug or
other) on board which could spill,
presentsarisk.
Takecare.
12 volt socket (120 W max)
It is advisable to limit the use of this
sockettoavoiddischargingthebattery.
Stowing rings
Usethestowingringsontheoorto
secureandretainyourloadsrmly.
The seat belt anchorages must not be
usedforthispurpose.
It is recommended that the load is
immobilisedbysecuringitrmly
using the stowing rings on the
oor.
107
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Storage flaps
Raisethecorrespondingap.
Next to the boot sill, the recess is
intended to receive the roller tube
containingtheloadspacecover.
Seat belts
Ensure that the centre seat belt has
reeled in correctly to its carrier in the
roof.
Preventtherow3seatbeltbuckles
fromknockingbyraisingthemasclose
as possible to the anchorages in the
roof.
Theseatbeltbuckleattachmentrings
on each side of the boot must not be
usedtoretainloads.
108
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
BLIND, LOAD SPACE COVER
Position the load space screen so as to
presenttherearloadspacecoveraps
towardsyou.
Engage the left-hand lug of the roller in
the support A.
The load space cover is the roller blind
type.Takecarenottoplaceheavy
objectsontheloadspacecoverwhen
unreeled.
Compress then place the right-hand
lug facing the support B.
Release to engage the roller in its
support.
Unroll the load space cover to the rear
sidepillars.
Engage the ends in the rear notches to
keepittaut.
To install it
Place the row 3 seats in the fully folded
position.
Raisethestorageapatthebootsill.
Takeholdoftherollerinthecentreand
compressittowardstheleft-handpillar.
Raisetheassembly.
109
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Practical information
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
To remove it
From the boot, pull the load space
cover towards you to release it from
thesidepillars.
Guidetheloadspacecoverasitrollsup.
Removetheclipsofthethreeaps
from the base of each row 2 head
restraint.
Compress the roller to the left to
remove it from the support B.
Raiseitandpivotitforwards.
To store it
Store it in the recess at the boot sill,
withthetworearapsuppermost.
First, compress the load space screen
totheleft.
Release.
Arrangethetwoapsandclosethe
storageap.
Therolleristtedwiththreeaps
permitting concealment of the
boot, whether the row 2 seats
are in the normal position or the
comfortposition.
Eachaphastwoclipswhichare
hookedonthebaseofeachhead
restraint.
110
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Mirrors and windows
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Adjusting electric door mirrors
- Move the control to the right or to
the left to select the corresponding
mirror.
- Move the control in all four
directionstoadjust.
- Return the control to the central
position.
MIRRORS
Heated mirrorsAdjusting manual door mirrors
Forced folding
If the mirror casing has come out of
its initial location, with the vehicle
stationary reposition the mirror casing
manually or use the electric folding
control.
Press the heated rear screen
button.
Move the lever in all four directions to
adjust.
Whenthevehicleisparked,thedoor
mirrorscanbefoldedbackmanually.
The mirrors are not equipped with
automaticheating.
Electric folding / unfolding
The mirrors can be folded or unfolded
electrically from the inside, with the
vehicleparkedandtheignitionon:
- Place the control in the central
position.
- Turnthecontroldownwards.
Themirrorsthathaveelectricfolding/
unfoldingcanbeheated.
111
EASE OF USE and COMFORT
4
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Mirrors and windows
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
SURVEILLANCE MIRROR
This mirror, placed on top of the
central mirror, enables the driver or
front passenger to observe all the rear
seats.
Fittedonitsownballjoint,itsmanual
adjustmentissimpleandprovidesa
viewoftherearinteriorofthevehicle.
Itcanalsobeadjustedforimproved
visibility during manoeuvres or when
overtaking.
REAR WINDOWS
To partially open the rear windows, tilt
theleverandpushitfullytolockthe
windowsintheopenposition.
Manual rear view mirror
Therearviewmirrorhastwopositions:
- day (normal),
- night(anti-dazzle).
To change from one to the other, push
or pull the lever on the lower edge of
themirror.
112
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
Mirrors and windows
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap04_Ergonomie_ed02-2016
ELECTRIC WINDOWS
Lower the window fully, then raise it, it
will rise in steps of a few centimetres
eachtimethecontrolispressed.
Repeat the operation until the window
isfullyclosed.
Continue to press the control for at
least one second after the window
closedpositionhasbeenreached.
The safety anti-pinch does not operate
duringtheseoperations.
Safety anti-pinch
When the window rises and meets an
obstacle,itstopsandpartiallylowers.
Manual mode
This mode is available
depending on equipment; it is
identiedbythissymbolonthe
controlinquestion.
Good practice
If the electric windows meet an
obstacle during operation, you must
reversethemovementofthewindow.
Todothis,pressthecontrolconcerned.
When the driver operates the
passenger electric window controls,
they must ensure that no one is
preventing correct closing of the
windows.
The driver must ensure that the
passengers use the electric windows
correctly.
Be aware of children when operating
thewindows.
Followingseveralconsecutiveclosing/
opening operations of the electric
window control, a protection system
is triggered which only allows closing
ofthewindow.Afterclosing,wait
approximately40minutes.Oncethis
time has elapsed, the control becomes
operationalagain.
1. Driver's side
2. Passenger's side
Reinitialisation
Following reconnection of the battery,
or in the event of a malfunction, the
safety anti-pinch function must be
reinitialised.
The electrical functions of the electric
windowsaredeactivated:
- approximately 45 seconds after the
ignition is switched off,
- after one of the front doors is
opened,iftheignitionisoff.
Therearetwooperatingmodes:
Press or pull the control, without
passingthepointofresistance.
The window stops when you release
thecontrol.
One-touch mode
Press or pull the control, beyond the
pointofresistance.
The window opens or closes fully when
thecontrolisreleased.
Pressing or pulling the control again
stopsthemovementofthewindow.
113
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
Driving safely
Labels are applied at various
pointsonyourvehicle.They
carry safety warnings as well as
vehicleidenticationinformation.Do
notremovethem:theyformanintegral
partofyourvehicle.
GENERAL SAFETY RECOMMENDATIONS
Foranyworkonyourvehicle,use
aqualiedworkshopthathasthe
technicalinformation,skillsand
equipment required, all of which a
CITROËNdealerisabletoprovide.
We draw your attention to the
following points:
- Thettingofelectricalequipment
or accessories not listed by
CITROËN may cause excessive
current consumption and faults and
failures with the electrical system of
yourvehicle.ContactaCITROËN
dealer for information on the range
ofrecommendedaccessories.
- As a safety measure, access to
thediagnosticsocket,usedfor
the vehicle's electronic systems,
is reserved strictly for CITROËN
dealersorqualiedworkshops,
equipped with the special tools
required(riskofmalfunctionsofthe
vehicle's electronic systems that
couldcausebreakdownsorserious
accidents).Themanufacturer
cannot be held responsible if this
adviceisnotfollowed.
- Anymodicationoradaptation
not intended or authorised by
Automobiles CITROËN or carried
out without meeting the technical
requirementsdenedbythe
manufacturer would lead to the
suspension of the legal and
contractualwarranties.
Installation of accessory radio
communication transmitters
Before installing a radio communication
transmitter, you must contact a
CITROËNdealerforthespecication
oftransmitterswhichcanbetted
(frequency, maximum power,
aerialposition,specicinstallation
requirements), in line with the Vehicle
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Directive(2004/104/EC).
Depending on the legislation in
force in the country, certain safety
equipmentmaybecompulsory:
high visibility safety vests, warning
triangles, breathalysers, spare bulbs,
sparefuses,reextinguisher,rst
aidkit,mudapsattherearofthe
vehicle...
114
Driving safely
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
HORN
Pressthecentreofthesteeringwheel.
PARKING BRAKE
Applying
Pulltheparkingbrakeleverupto
immobiliseyourvehicle.
Checkthattheparkingbrakeisapplied
rmlybeforeleavingthevehicle.
Pullontheparkingbrakelever,only
with the vehicle stationary.
In the exceptional case of use of the
parkingbrakewhenthevehicleis
moving,applythebrakebypulling
gentlytoavoidlockingtherearwheels
(riskofskidding).
Press this button, the direction
indicatorsash.
Theycanoperatewiththeignitionoff.
The hazard warning lamps should only
be used in dangerous situations, when
stopping in an emergency or when
drivinginunusualconditions.
Whenparkingonaslope,directyour
wheels towards the pavement and pull
theparkingbrakeleverup.
There is no advantage in engaging
agearafterparkingthevehicle,
particularlyifthevehicleisloaded.
Iftheparkingbrakeisstillonorhas
not been released properly, this is
indicated by this warning lamp which
comesonintheinstrumentpanel.
Automatic operation of hazard
warning lamps
Whenbrakinginanemergency,
depending on the force of deceleration,
the hazard warning lamps come
onautomatically.Theyswitchoff
automaticallythersttimeyou
accelerate.
It is also possible to switch them off by
pressingtheswitchonthedashboard.
Releasing
Pull the lever up slightly and press the
buttontolowertheparkingbrakelever.
115
Parking sensors
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
The audible (front and rear) and visual
(rear)parkingsensorsystemconsists
of proximity sensors, installed in the
rearbumper.
The sensors detect any obstacle which
entersitseldofoperation:person,
vehicle, tree, fence, behind the vehicle
duringthemanoeuvre.
Certainobjectsdetectedatthe
beginning of the manoeuvre will no
longer be detected at the end of the
manoeuvre due to the blind spots
betweenandbelowthesensors.
Examples:stake,roadworksconeor
pavementpost.
Engage reverse gear
PARKING SENSORS
Display in the screen
Anaudiblesignalconrmsthe
activation of the system by engaging
reversegear.
The proximity information is indicated
by an audible signal which becomes
more rapid as the vehicle approaches
theobstacle.
When the distance between the rear
of the vehicle and the obstacle is less
than approximately thirty centimetres,
the audible signal becomes
continuous.
116
Parking sensors
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
Activation / Deactivation
Malfunction
In the event of a malfunction, the LED
in the button comes on, accompanied
by an audible signal and a message in
thescreen.
ContactaCITROËNdealerorqualied
workshop.
Good practice
In bad weather or in winter, ensure that
the sensors are not covered with mud,
iceorsnow.
The system will be deactivated
automatically if a trailer is being towed
orifabicyclecarrieristted(vehicle
ttedwithatowbarorbicyclecarrier
recommendedbyCITROËN).
You can activate or deactivate
the system by pressing this
button.
The activation or deactivation
of the system is stored when
thevehiclestops.
Engage forward gear
Inadditiontotherearparkingsensors,
thefrontparkingsensorsaretriggered
when an obstacle is detected in
front of the vehicle and the speed
of the vehicle remains below 6 mph
(10km/h).
Thetonefromthespeaker(front
or rear) allows an obstacle to be
identiedaseitherinfrontofor
behindthevehicle.
Stop the assistance
Changetoneutral.
Theparkingsensorsystem
cannot, in any circumstances,
taketheplaceofthevigilanceand
responsibilityofthedriver.
117
Parking sensors
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
REVERSING CAMERA
The reversing camera is activated
automatically when reverse gear is
engaged.
The image is displayed in the touch
screentablet.
The reversing camera function may be
completedwithparkingsensors.
The reversing camera cannot in
any circumstances be a substitute
for vigilance on the part of the
driver.
High pressure jet washing
When washing your vehicle, do
not direct the lance within 30 cm of
thecameralens.
The superimposed representation of
guidelineshelpswiththemanoeuvre.
Theyarerepresentedbylinesmarked
"on the ground" and do not allow the
position of the vehicle to be determined
relativetotallobstacles(forexample:
othervehicles,...).
Some deformation of the image is
normal.
The blue lines represent the general
direction of the vehicle (the difference
corresponds to the width of your
vehiclewithoutthemirrors).
The red lines represent a distance of
about 30 cm beyond the edge of your
vehicle'srearbumper.
The green lines represent distances of
about 1 and 2 metres beyond the edge
ofyourvehicle'srearbumper.
The turquoise blue curves represent
themaximumturningcircle.
Opening the tailgate causes the
displaytodisappear.
Clean the reversing camera regularly
usingasoft,drycloth.
ABS
ABS
118
Driving safely
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM
(ABS / EBFD)
TheABSandEBFD(electronicbrake
force distribution) systems improve the
stability and manoeuvrability of your
vehicleonbraking,inparticularon
poororslipperysurfaces.
TheABSpreventslockingofthe
wheels, the EBFD provides control of
thebrakingpressurewheelbywheel.
If this warning lamp comes
on, accompanied by an
audible signal and a message
in the screen, it indicates a
malfunction of the ABS which
could result in a loss of control of the
vehicleonbraking.
If this warning lamp comes
on,togetherwiththebrake
and STOP warning lamps,
accompanied by an audible
signal and a message in the
screen, it indicates a malfunction of
theelectronicbrakeforcedistribution
which could result in a loss of control of
thevehicleonbraking.
EMERGENCY BRAKING
ASSISTANCE (EBA)
In an emergency, this system enables
theoptimumbrakingpressuretobe
reachedmorequickly,pressthepedal
rmlywithoutreleasingit.
It is triggered by the speed at which the
brakepedalispresseddown.
Thisalterstheresistanceofthebrake
pedalunderyourfoot.
To maintain operation of the
emergencybrakingassistancesystem:
keepyourfootonthebrakepedal.
Good practice
Theanti-lockbrakingsystemcomes
into operation automatically when
thereisariskofwheellock.Itdoesnot
reducethebrakingdistance.
On very slippery surfaces (ice,
oil,etc...)theABSmayincreasethe
brakingdistance.Whenbrakingin
an emergency, do not hesitate to
pressthebrakepedalrmly,without
releasing the pressure, even on a
slippery surface, you will then be able
to continue to manoeuvre the vehicle
toavoidanobstacle.
Normal operation of the ABS may be
feltbyslightvibrationofthebrake
pedal.
When changing wheels (tyres and
rims), ensure that these are listed by
CITROËNforthevehicle.
Stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
In both cases, contact a CITROËN
dealeroraqualiedworkshop.
119
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
Driving safely
ANTI-SLIP REGULATION (ASR)
AND DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)
Thesesystemsarelinkedand
complementtheABS.
The ASR system is very useful for
maintaining optimum drive and
avoiding losses of control of the vehicle
onacceleration.
The system optimises drive to prevent
thewheelsskidding,byactingonthe
brakesofthedrivewheelsandonthe
engine.Italsoallowsthedirectional
stability of the vehicle to be improved
onacceleration.
Use the DSC to hold your course
withoutattemptingtocountersteer.
If there is a variation between the
trajectoryfollowedbythevehicleand
that required by the driver, the DSC
system automatically acts on the
engineandthebrakeofoneormore
wheels,inordertoputthevehicleback
oncourse.
Deactivation
In certain exceptional conditions
(startingthevehiclewhenstuckinmud
orsnow,oronlooseground...),itcould
prove useful to deactivate the ASR and
DSCsystemstomakethewheelsspin
andregaingrip.
Operating fault
Good practice
TheASR/DSCsystemsofferincreased
safety during normal driving, but
shouldnotincitethedrivertotakerisks
ortodriveathighspeed.
The operation of these systems is
ensured if the recommendations
of the manufacturer regarding
the wheels (tyres and rims), the
brakingcomponents,theelectronic
componentsandthettingandrepair
proceduresareobserved.
After an impact, have these systems
checkedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualiedworkshop.
Operation
Thewarninglampashes
when operation of the ASR or
DSCistriggered.
They engage again:
- automatically above 30 mph
(50km/h),
When a malfunction of the
systems occurs, the warning
lamp and the LED come on,
accompanied by an audible
signal and a message in the
screen.
- Press the button or turn
the dial to the DSC OFF
position (depending on
model).
- TheLEDcomeson:theASRand
DSC systems no longer come into
play.
- manually by pressing the
button again or by turning
the dial to this position
(dependingonmodel).
Contact a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshoptohavethesystem
checked.
The warning lamp may also come on if
thetyresareunder-inated.Checkthe
pressureofeachtyre.
120
Driving safely
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
GRIP CONTROL
Correct use
Your vehicle is designed principally to
drive on tarmac roads but it allows you
to drive on other less passable terrain
occasionally.
However, particularly when your
vehicle is heavily laden, it does not
permitoff-roadactivitiessuchas:
- crossing and driving on ground
which could damage the underbody
or tear off components (fuel pipe,
fuelcooler,...),particularlyby
obstacles or stones,
- driving on ground with steep
gradients and poor grip,
- crossingastream.
On snow, mud or sand, traction control
is obtained by a compromise between
safety, grip, traction and appropriate
tyres.
It adapts to allows most conditions of
poorgriptobeaccommodated.
The accelerator pedal must be pressed
enough for there to be adequate
engine power to manage the various
parametersinthebestway.
121
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
Driving safely
Different modesareavailable:
Normal (ESC)
ESC OFF
Snow
This mode allows the vehicle
to adapts its strategy to the
conditions of grip encountered
for each of the two front
wheels,onmovingoff.
When moving, the system optimises
wheelspin to provide the best
acceleration possible for the grip
available.
Off road
(mud, wet grass, ...)
When moving off, this
mode allows considerable
wheelspin on the wheel
with the least grip to favour
clearing of the mud and
regain"grip".
At the same time, the wheel with the
most grip is controlled in such a way as
totransmitasmuchtorqueaspossible.
When moving, the system optimises
wheelspin to meet the driver's
requirementsasfullyaspossible.
Sand
This mode allows a little
wheelspin on the two driving
wheels at the same time to
allow the vehicle to move
forwardandreducestherisk
ofgettingstuckinthesand.
Do not use the other modes on sand
asthevehiclemaybecomestuck.
This mode is calibrated for a
lowlevelofskidding,based
on different conditions of grip
encounteredontheroad.
When the ignition is switched off, the
system returns automatically to DSC
mode.
This mode is only suitable
forspecicconditions
encountered when moving off
oratlowspeed.
Above30mph(50km/h)
the system returns to DSC mode
automatically.
122
Driving safely
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
ACTIVE CITY BRAKE
ActiveCityBrakeisadriving
assistance system that aims to avoid
a frontal collision or reduce the speed
of an impact if the driver does not
reactsufciently(inadequatebrake
application).
This system is designed to
improvedrivingsafety.
It remains the driver's responsibility to
continuously monitor the state of the
trafcandtoassessthedistancesand
relativespeedsofothervehicles.
ActiveCityBrakecaninno
circumstances replace the need for
vigilanceonthepartofthedriver.
Neverlookatthelasersensor
through an optical instrument
(magnifyingglass,microscope...)
at a distance of less than
10centimetres:riskofeyeinjury.
Principle
Using a laser sensor located at the top
of the windscreen, this system detects
a vehicle running in the same direction
orstationaryaheadofyourvehicle.
Whennecessary,thevehicle'sbraking
system is operated automatically
to avoid a collision with the vehicle
ahead.
Automaticbrakingoccurslater
than if done by the driver, so as
to intervene only when there is a
highriskofcollision.
Conditions for activation
ActiveCityBrakeonlyoperatesifthe
followingconditionsaremet:
● ignitionon,
● thevehicleisinaforwardgear,
● speedisbetweenabout3and
18mph(5and30km/h),
● thebrakingassistancesystems
(ABS,EBFD,emergencybraking
assistance) are not faulty,
● thetrajectorycontrolsystems
(ASR, DSC) are not deactivated
or faulty,
● thevehicleisnotinatightcorner,
● thesystemhasnotbeentriggered
duringtheprevious10seconds.
123
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
Driving safely
Operation
When your vehicle is too close to or
approaches the vehicle ahead too
quicklythesystemautomatically
appliesthebrakestoavoidacollision.
You are then alerted by the display of a
message.
Thebrakelampsonyourvehiclecome
ontowarnotherroadusers.
The collision can be avoided
automatically if the difference in
speed between your vehicle and the
vehicle ahead does not exceed 9 mph
(15km/h).
Above this threshold, the system will
do what is possible to avoid or reduce
the accident by lowering the speed of
impact.
Theautomaticbrakingmaybring
the vehicle to a complete stop if the
situationrequiresit.
In this case, the vehicle is held
stationary temporarily (for about
1.5seconds)toallowthedrivertotake
backcontrolbypressingthebrake
pedal.
The triggering of the system may
cause the engine to stall, unless
the driver depresses the clutch
pedalquicklyenoughduringautomatic
braking.
Duringautomaticbraking,the
driver can always obtain a higher
rate of deceleration than that
controlled by the system, by pressing
rmlyonthebrakepedal.
After an impact, the system is
automaticallyputoutofservice:it
nolongeroperates.
You must go to a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshoptohavethesystem
madeoperationalagain.
Operating limits
The system only detects vehicles that
are stationary or moving in the same
directionasyourvehicle.
It does not detect small vehicles
(bicycles, motorcycles),
pedestrians or animals, nor non-
reectivestationaryobjects.
The system is not triggered or is
interruptedifthedriver:
- accelerates strongly
- or turns the steering wheel
suddenly(avoidingmanoeuvre).
Indifcultweatherconditions(very
heavyrain,snow,fog,hail...),
brakingdistancesincrease,which
can reduce the ability of the system to
avoidacollision.
The driver must therefore remain
particularlyvigilant.
Never leave accumulations of
snoworanyobjectprojecting
above the bonnet or in front of
theroof:thismightfallintotheeldof
vision of the sensor and generate a
detection.
124
Driving safely
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
Deactivation
The system is deactivated in the
vehiclecongurationmenu,accessible
withtheignitionon.
Its state is memorised when the
ignitionisswitchedoff.
When the system is deactivated,
a message is displayed every
time the ignition is switched on,
towarnyou.
With the monochrome screen C
F Press the MENU button for access
tothemainmenu.
F Select "Personalisation-
Conguration".
F Select "Dene vehicle
parameters".
F Select "Driving assistance".
F Select "Automatic emergency
braking: OFF" or "Automatic
emergency braking: ON".
F Press the "7" or "8" button to
checkorunchecktheboxand
activate or deactivate the system
respectively.
F Press the "5" or "6" button, then
the OK button to select the "OK"
boxandconrmortheBack button
tocancel.
With the touch screen tablet
F Press the "MENU"button.
F Select the " Driving"menu.
F In the secondary page, select
"Vehicle settings".
F Select the "Driving assistance"
tab.
F Checkoruncheckthe"Auto
emergency braking" box to
activateordeactivatethesystem.
F Conrm.
125
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
Driving safely
Operating faults
Sensor fault
The operation of the laser sensor may
suffer interference from accumulations
ofdirtormistingofthewindscreen.
In this case you are warned by the
displayofamessage.
Use the windscreen demisting
and regularly clean the area of the
windscreeninfrontofthesensor.
Donotstickorotherwisexany
objectonthewindscreeninfront
ofthesensor.
System fault
In the event of a malfunction of the
system, you are warned by an audible
signal and the display of the message
"Automatic braking system fault".
Havethesystemcheckedbya
CITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshop.
In the event of an impact to
the windscreen at the sensor,
deactivate the system and contact
aCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshoptohaveyourwindscreen
replaced.
Nevertrytoremove,adjustortest
thesensor.
Only a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshopisabletowork
onthesystem.
When towing a trailer or when the
vehicle is being towed, the system
mustbedeactivated.
126
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
126
Seat belts
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
SEAT BELTS
Height adjustment
Squeeze the control with the return and
slide the assembly on the driver's seat
side and on the individual passenger
seatside.
Fastening
Pull the strap, then insert the tongue
intothebuckle.
Checkthattheseatbeltisfastened
correctlybypullingthestrap.
Seat belt(s) not fastened
warning lamp
Unfastening
Presstheredbutton.
When the vehicle is started,
this warning lamp comes on
if a user at the front has not
fastenedtheirseatbelt.
Good practice
The driver must ensure that
passengers use the seat belts correctly
and that they are all strapped in
securelybeforemovingoff.
Wherever you are seated in the
vehicle, always fasten your seat belt,
evenforshortjourneys.
Theseatbeltsarettedwithaninertia
reelwhichautomaticallyadjuststhe
lengthofthestraptoyoursize.
Do not use accessories (clothes pegs,
clips,safetypins,etc.)whichallowthe
seatbeltstrapstotloosely.
Ensure that the seat belt has reeled in
correctlyafteruse.
After folding or moving a seat or a rear
bench seat, ensure that the seat belt
has reeled in correctly and that the
buckleisreadytoaccommodatethe
tongue.
Depending on the nature and
seriousness of any impact, the
pretensioning device may be deployed
beforeandindependentlyofination
oftheairbags.Itinstantlytightens
the seat belts against the body of the
occupants.
Deployment of the pretensioners is
accompanied by a slight discharge
ofharmlesssmokeandanoise,due
to the activation of the pyrotechnic
cartridgeincorporatedinthesystem.
The front passenger's seat may be
ttedwithapresencedetector,inwhich
case you should not place anything
heavy on this seat as this could trigger
thealert.
127
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
Seat belts
Recommendations for children:
- use a suitable child seat if the
passenger is less than 12 years old
orshorterthanonemetrefty,
- never allow a child to travel on
your lap, even with the seat belt
fastened.
For more information on child
seats, refer to the "Child safety"
sectionofchapter5.
Clean the seat belt straps with
soapy water or a textile cleaning
product, sold by CITROËN
dealers.
In accordance with current safety
regulations, your CITROËN dealer can
guaranteeallworkoranychecks,from
testing to maintenance, on your seat
beltequipment.
Havetheseatbeltscheckedregularly
(even after a minor impact) by a
CITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshop:theymustnotshowany
signs of wear, cutting or fraying
and they must not be converted or
modied.
The force limiter reduces the pressure
of the seat belt against the body of the
occupants.
The pretensioning seat belts are active
whentheignitionisswitchedon.
Theinertiareelsarettedwithadevice
whichautomaticallylocksthestrapin
the event of a collision or emergency
brakingorifthevehiclerollsover.
You can unfasten the seat belt by
pressingtheredbuttononthebuckle.
Guidetheseatbeltafterunfastening.
The airbag warning lamp comes on
ifthepretensionersaredeployed.
Contact a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshop.
Inordertobeeffective,aseatbelt:
- must restrain one person only,
- mustnotbetwisted,checkby
pulling in front of you with an even
movement,
- must be tightened as close to the
bodyaspossible.
The upper part of the seat belt should
be positioned in the hollow of the
shoulder.
The lap part should be placed as low
aspossibleonthepelvis.
Do not interchange the seat belt
bucklesastheywillnotfulltheirrole
properly.Iftheseatsarettedwith
armrests, the lap part of the seat belt
shouldalwayspassunderthearmrest.
Checkthattheseatbeltisfastened
correctlybypullingthestraprmly.
Front seat belts
Thefrontseatsarettedwith
pretensionersandforcelimiters.
Rear seat belts
(5 seat version)
Therearseatsarettedwith
three-pointinertiareelseatbelts.
128
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
128
Seat belts
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
Rear seat belts
(7 seat version)
In row 2
Thethreeseatsarettedwith
three-pointinertiareelseatbelts.
When folding the side seats or the
seatbackstothetableposition,
avoid trapping the strap of the centre
seatbelt.
When handling the side seats
(removing/installing)orwhen
accessingrow3,avoidhookingthe
centreseatbelt.
Ensure that the centre seat belt is
rolled up correctly in its strengthener
ontheroof.
In row 3
Thetwoseatsarettedwith
three-pointinertiareelseatbelts.
Do not attach the seat belts to the
stowingringsmarkedwitharedcross,
representedonthelabel.
Takecaretohooktheseatbelts
correctly on the rings provided for this
purpose.
The row 3 seat belts which are not in
use can be stored to clear the load
spaceandmakeuseoftheloadspace
covereasier.
Hookthesnaphookinthelocation
providedontherearpillartrim.
129
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
129
Airbags
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
AIRBAGS
General information
The airbags have been designed to
maximise the safety of the occupants
in the event of a serious collision;
theyworkinconjunctionwiththeforce
limitingseatbelts.
In the event of a serious collision, the
electronic detectors record and analyse
the front and side impacts suffered in
theimpactdetectionzones:
- in the event of a serious impact,
theairbagsinateinstantlyand
contribute towards better protecting
the occupants of the vehicle;
immediately after the impact, the
airbagsdeaterapidly,sothatthey
do not hinder the visibility of the
occupants nor their possible exit
fromthevehicle.
- in the event of a minor or rear
impact and in certain roll-over
conditions, the airbags will not be
deployed; the seat belt alone is
sufcienttocontributetowardsyour
protectioninthesesituations.
The seriousness of the collision
depends on the nature of the obstacle
and the speed of the vehicle at the
momentofimpact.
130
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
130
Airbags
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
Advice
Sitinanormaluprightposition.
Wearacorrectlyadjustedseatbelt.
Do not allow anything to come between
the occupants and the airbags
(achild,pet,object...),donotattachor
xanythingneartotheairbagsortheir
trajectorieswheninatingasthiscould
causeinjurieswhentheairbagsare
deployed.
Nevermodifytheoriginaldenitionof
your vehicle, particularly in the area
directlyaroundtheairbags.
After an accident or if the vehicle has
beenstolenorbrokeninto,havethe
airbagsystemschecked.
Allworkontheairbagsystemmustbe
carried out by a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshop.
Even if all of the precautions
mentionedareobserved,ariskof
injuryorofminorburnstothehead,
chest or arms when an airbag is
deployedcannotberuledout.The
baginatesalmostinstantly(withina
fewmilliseconds)thendeateswithin
the same time discharging the hot gas
viaopeningsprovidedforthispurpose.
Front airbags
Do not drive holding the steering wheel
byitsspokesorrestingyourhandson
thecentrepartofthewheel.
Passengers must not place their feet
onthedashboard.
Donotsmokeasdeploymentofthe
airbagscancauseburnsortheriskof
injuryfromacigaretteorpipe.
Never remove or pierce the steering
wheelorhititviolently.
Donottorattachanythingtothe
steering wheel or dashboard, this could
causeinjurieswithdeploymentofthe
airbags.
Lateral airbags
Use only approved covers on the
seats, compatible with the deployment
thelateralairbags.Forinformation
on the range of seat covers suitable
for your vehicle, you can contact a
CITROËNdealer.
For more information on accessories,
refer to "Other accessories" in
section6.
Donotxorattachanythingtotheseat
backs(clothing...).Thiscouldcause
injurytothechestorarmsifthelateral
airbagisdeployed.
Do not sit with the upper part of the
body any nearer to the door than
necessary.
Airbags only operate when the
ignition is switched on.
Thisequipmentonlyoperatesonce.
If a second impact occurs (during the
same or a subsequent accident), the
airbagwillnotoperate.
The deployment of an airbag or airbags
is accompanied by a slight discharge
ofsmokeandanoise,duetothe
activation of the pyrotechnic cartridge
incorporatedinthesystem.
Thissmokeisnotharmful,but
sensitive individuals may experience
someirritation.
The noise of the detonation may result
in a slight loss of hearing for a short
time.
The passenger's front airbag must
be deactivated if a child seat is
installedrearwardfacing.
Chapter5,"Childsafety"section.
131
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
131
Airbags
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
Curtain airbags
This is a system which protects the
driver and passengers (with the
exception of the centre seat of row 2)
in the event of a serious side impact in
ordertolimittheriskofheadinjuries.
Each curtain airbag is incorporated in
the pillars and the upper part of the
passengercompartment.
Activation
It is triggered at the same time as the
corresponding lateral airbag in the
event of a serious side impact applied
to all or part of the side impact zone B,
perpendicular to the longitudinal
centreline of the vehicle on a horizontal
plane and directed from the outside
towardstheinsideofthevehicle.
Thecurtainairbaginatesbetweenthe
front or rear occupant of the vehicle
andthewindows.
Lateral airbags
This is a system which protects the
driver and front passenger in the event
of a serious side impact in order to limit
theriskofinjurytothechest.
Eachlateralairbagisttedinthefront
seatbackrestframe,onthedoorside.
Deployment
It is deployed unilaterally in the event
of a serious side impact applied to
all or part of the side impact zone B,
perpendicular to the longitudinal
centreline of the vehicle on a horizontal
plane and directed from the outside
towardstheinsideofthevehicle.
Thelateralairbaginatesbetweenthe
front occupant of the vehicle and the
correspondingdoortrimpanel.
Impact detection zones
A. Frontimpactzone.
B. Sideimpactzone.
Operating fault
If this warning lamp comes
on in the instrument panel,
accompanied by an audible
signal and a message in the
screen, contact a CITROËN
dealeroraqualiedworkshoptohave
thesystemchecked.Theairbagsmay
no longer be deployed in the event of a
seriousimpact.
In the event of a minor impact or
bump on the side of the vehicle or
if the vehicle rolls over, the airbag
maynotbedeployed.
132
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
132
Airbags
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
Front airbags
Deployment
They are deployed, except the
passenger's front airbag if it has been
deactivated, in the event of a serious
front impact applied to all or part of the
front impact zone A in the longitudinal
centreline of the vehicle on a horizontal
plane directed from the front towards
therearofthevehicle.
Thefrontairbaginatesbetweenthe
front occupant of the vehicle and the
dashboard to cushion their forward
movement.
Deactivating the passengers front
airbag
Only the passenger's front airbag can
bedeactivated.
- With the ignition switched off,
insertthekeyintothepassenger's
frontairbagdeactivationswitch.
- Turn it to the "OFF"position.
- Removethekeykeepingtheswitch
inthenewposition.
The passenger's front airbag
warning lamp in the instrument
panel remains on while the
airbagisdeactivated.
If the two airbag warning lamps
are on continuously, do not install
a rearward facing child seat and
contact a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshop.
Front airbag fault
To ensure the safety of your child,
it is essential to deactivate the
passenger's front airbag when you
install a rearward facing child seat on
thefrontpassengerseat.Otherwise,
thechildwouldriskbeingkilledor
seriouslyinjurediftheairbagwere
deployed.
Reactivation
In the "OFF" position, the passenger's
front airbag will not be deployed in the
eventofanimpact.
As soon as the child seat is removed,
turn the passenger's front airbag switch
to the "ON" position to reactivate the
airbag and thus ensure the safety
of your passenger in the event of an
impact.
If this warning lamp comes
on, accompanied by an
audible signal and a message
in the screen, consult a
CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshoptohave
thesystemchecked.
Thefrontairbagsarettedinthe
centre of the steering wheel for the
driver and in the dashboard for the
frontpassenger.
133
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
133
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
CARRYING CHILDREN
General points
CITROËN recommends that
children should travel in the rear
seatsofyourvehicle:
- rearward facing up to the age of 3,
- forward facingovertheageof3.
Although one of CITROËN's main
criteria when designing your vehicle,
the safety of your children also
dependsonyou.
* The regulations on carrying children
arespecictoeachcountry.Referto
thelegislationinforceinyourcountry.
For maximum safety, please observe
thefollowingrecommendations:
- in accordance with European
regulations, all children under the
age of 12 or less than one and
a half metres tall must travel in
approved child seats suited to
their weight,onseatsttedwitha
seat belt or ISOFIX mountings*,
- statistically, the safest seats in
your vehicle for carrying children
are the rear seats,
- a child weighing less than 9 kg
must travel in the rearward
facing position both in the front
and in the rear.
134
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
134
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
CHILD SEAT AT THE FRONT
Refer to the legislation in your
country before installing your child
inthisseatingposition.
Rearward facing Forward facing
When a forward facing child seat is
installed on the front passenger seat,
the passenger's front airbag must
remainactive:
Adjustthevehicle'sseatto:
- thefullybackposition,withthe
backreststraightenedforaseat
withoutheightadjuster,
- thefullybackpositionand
highestposition,withthebackrest
straightened for a seat with height
adjuster.
Ensure that the seat belt is
correctlytensioned.
For child seats with a support leg,
ensure that this is in steady contact
withtheoor.Ifnot,adjustthe
passengerseat.
Passenger seat in the fully back and
highest position.
When a rearward facing child seat is
installed on the front passenger seat,
the passenger's front airbag must be
deactivated.Otherwisethe child risks
being seriously injured or killed if
the airbag is deployed.
Adjustthevehicle'sseatto:
- thefullybackposition,withthe
backreststraightenedforaseat
withoutheightadjuster,
- thefullybackandhighestposition,
withthebackreststraightenedfora
seatwithheightadjuster.
135
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
135
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
CHILD SEAT AT THE REAR
Rearward facing
When a rearward facing child seat is
installed on a rear passenger seat,
move the vehicle's front seat forwards
andstraightenthebackrestsothatthe
rearward facing child seat does not
touchthevehicle'sfrontseat.
Forward facing
When a forward facing child seat is
installed on a rear passenger seat,
move the vehicle's front seat forwards
andstraightenthebackrestsothatthe
legs of the child in the forward facing
child seat do not touch the vehicle's
frontseat.
Ensure that the seat belt is
correctlytensioned.
For child seats with a support leg,
ensurethatthisisinrmcontactwith
theoor.
When a child seat is installed on a
passenger seat in row 3, put the
backrestsoftheouterandcentreseats
in row 2 forward of the seat occupied
by the child seat, in the table position,
orifthisisnotsufcient,rermovethe
seats in row 2 so that the child seat or
the the legs of the child do not touch
theseatsinrow2.
Seats in row 3
A child seat with a support leg
must never be installed on a
passenger seat in row 3.
136
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
136
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
DEACTIVATING THE
PASSENGER'S FRONT AIRBAG
Never install a rearward facing
child restraint system on a seat
protectedbyanactivefrontairbag.
This could cause the death of the child
orseriousinjury.
The warning label present on both
sides of the passenger's sun visor
repeatsthisadvice.Inlinewithcurrent
legislation, the following tables contain
this warning in all of the languages
required.
For information on deactivating
the passenger's front airbag, refer
to the "Airbags" section in this
chapter.
AR
BG
НИКОГАНЕинсталирайтедетскостолченаседалкасАКТИВИРАНАпреднаВЪЗДУШНАВЪЗГЛАВНИЦА.Товаможедапричини
СМЪРТилиСЕРИОЗНОНАРАНЯВАНЕнадетето.
CS
NIKDYneumisťujtedětskézádržnézařízeníorientovanésměremdozadunasedadlochráněnéAKTIVOVANÝMčelnímAIRBAGEM.Hrozí
nebezpečíSMRTIDÍTĚTEneboVÁŽNÉHOZRANĚNÍ.
DA
BrugALDRIGenbagudvendtbarnestolpåetsæde,dererbeskyttetafenAKTIVAIRBAG.BARNETrisikereratbliveALVORLIGTKVÆSTET
ellerDRÆBT.
DE
Montieren Sie auf einem Sitz mit AKTIVIERTEM Front-Airbag NIEMALS einen Kindersitz oder eine Babyschale entgegen der Fahrtrichtung, das
KindkönnteschwereodersogartödlicheVerletzungenerleiden.
EL
ΜηχρησιμοποιείτεΠΟΤΕπαιδικόκάθισμαμετηνπλάτητουπροςτοεμπρόςμέροςτουαυτοκινήτου,σεμιαθέσηπουπροστατεύεταιαπό
ΜΕΤΩΠΙΚΟαερόσακοπουείναιΕΝΕΡΓΟΣ.ΑυτόμπορείναέχεισανσυνέπειατοΘΑΝΑΤΟήτοΣΟΒΑΡΟΤΡΑΥΜΑΤΙΣΜΟτουΠΑΙΔΙΟΥ
EN
NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the
CHILD can occur
ES
NO INSTALAR NUNCA un sistema de retención para niños de espaldas al sentido de la marcha en un asiento protegido mediante un AIRBAG
frontalACTIVADO,yaquepodríacausarlesionesGRAVESoinclusolaMUERTEdelniño.
ET
ÄrgeMITTEKUNAGIpaigaldage“seljagasõidusuunas“lapseistetjuhikõrvalistmele,milleESITURVAPADIonAKTIVEERITUD.Turvapadja
avaneminevõiblastTÕSISELTvõiELUOHTLIKULTvigastada.
FI
ÄLÄKOSKAANasetalapsenturvaistuintaselkäajosuuntaanistuimelle,jonkaedessäsuojanaonkäyttöönaktivoituTURVATYYNY.Sen
laukeaminenvoiaiheuttaaLAPSENKUOLEMANtaiVAKAVANLOUKKAANTUMISEN.
FR
NEJAMAISinstallerdesystèmederetenuepourenfantsfaisantfaceversl’arrièresurunsiègeprotégéparunCOUSSINGONFLABLEfrontal
ACTIVÉ.
Cela peut provoquer la MORT de l’ENFANT ou le BLESSER GRAVEMENT
HR
NIKADAnepostavljatidječjusjedaliculeđimausmjeruvožnjenasjedalozaštićenoUKLJUČENIMprednjimZRAČNIMJASTUKOM.Tobimoglo
uzrokovatiSMRTiliTEŠKUOZLJEDUdjeteta.
HU
SOHAnehasználjonmenetiránynakháttalbeszereltgyermeküléstAKTIVÁLT(BEKAPCSOLT)FRONTLÉGZSÁKKALvédettülésen.Eza
gyermekHALÁLÁTvagySÚLYOSSÉRÜLÉSÉTokozhatja.
IT
NON installare MAI seggiolini per bambini posizionati in senso contrario a quello di marcia su un sedile protetto da un AIRBAG frontale
ATTIVATO.CiòpotrebbeprovocarelaMORTEoFERITEGRAVIalbambino.
LT
NIEKADAneįrenkitevaikoprilaikymopriemonėssuatgalatgręžtuvaikuantsėdynės,kurisaugomaVEIKIANČIOSpriekinėsOROPAGALVĖS.
IšsiskleidusoropagalveivaikasgalibūtiMIRTINAIarbaSUNKIAITRAUMUOTAS.
137
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
137
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
LV
NEKADNEuzstādietuzaizmugurivērstubērnusēdeklītipriekšējāpasažierasēdvietā,kurāirAKTIVIZĒTSpriekšējaisDROŠĪBASGAISA
SPILVENS.
TasvarizraisītBĒRNANĀVIvairadītNOPIETNUSIEVAINOJUMUS.
MT
Qattm’ghandekthallitifel/tiamarbutf’siggudahrulejnl-Airbagattiva,ghaliextista’tikkawzakorrimentserjujewankemewtlit-tifel/tia
NL
PlaatsNOOITeenkinderzitjemetderuginderijrichtingopeenzitplaatswaarvandeAIRBAGisINGESCHAKELD.Bijhetafgaanvandeairbag
kanhetKINDLEVENSGEVAARLIJKGEWONDRAKEN
NO
InstallerALDRIetbarnesetemedryggenmotkjøreretningenietsetesomerbeskyttetmedenfrontalAKTIVERTKOLLISJONSPUTE,BARNET
risikereråbliDREPTellerHARDTSKADET.
PL
NIGDYnieinstalowaćfotelikadziecięcegowpozycji"tyłemdokierunkujazdy"nasiedzeniuwyposażonymwCZOŁOWĄPODUSZKĘ
POWIETRZNĄwstanieAKTYWNYM.MożetodoprowadzićdoŚMIERCIDZIECKAlubspowodowaćuniegoPOWAŻNEOBRAŻENIACIAŁA.
PT
NUNCAinstaleumsistemaderetençãoparacriançasdecostasparaaestradanumbancoprotegidoporumAIRBAGfrontalACTIVADO.
EstainstalaçãopoderáprovocarFERIMENTOSGRAVESouaMORTEdaCRIANÇA.
RO
NuinstalatiNICIODATAunsistemderetinerepentrucopii,dispuscuspateleindirectiademers,peunlocdinvehiculprotejatcuAIRBAG
frontalACTIVAT.AceastaarputeaprovocaMOARTEACOPILULUIsauRANIREAluiGRAVA.
RU
ВОВСЕХСЛУЧАЯХЗАПРЕЩАЕТСЯиспользоватьобращенноеназаддетскоеудерживающееустройствонасиденье,защищенном
ФУНКЦИОНИРУЮЩЕЙПОДУШКОЙБЕЗОПАСНОСТИ,установленнойпередэтимсиденьем.
ЭтоможетпривестикГИБЕЛИРЕБЕНКАилиНАНЕСЕНИЮЕМУСЕРЬЕЗНЫХТЕЛЕСНЫХПОВРЕЖДЕНИЙ
SK
NIKDYneinštalujtedetskézádržnézariadenieorientovanésmeromdozadunasedadlochránenéAKTIVOVANÝMčelnýmAIRBAGOM.Mohlo
bydôjsťkSMRTEĽNÉMUaleboVÁŽNEMUPORANENIUDIEŤAŤA.
SL
NIKOLInenameščajteotroškegasedežashrbtomvsmerivožnje,čejeVARNOSTNABLAZINApredsprednjimsopotnikovimsedežem
AKTIVIRANA.TakšnanamestitevlahkopovzročiSMRTOTROKAaliHUDEPOŠKODBE.
SR
NIKADAnekoristitedečjesedištekojeseokrećeunazadnasedištuzaštićenimAKTIVNIMVAZDUŠNIMJASTUKOMisprednjega,jermogu
nastupitiSMRTiliOZBILJNAPOVREDADETETA.
SV
PassagerarkrockkuddenframMÅSTEvaraavaktiveradomenbakåtvändbilbarnstolinstalleraspådennaplats.Annarsriskerarbarnetatt
DÖDASellerSKADASALLVARLIGT.
TR
KESİNLKLEHAVAYASTIĞIAKTİFolanönkoltuğayüzüarkayadönükbirçocukkoltuğuyerleştirmeyiniz.BuÇOCUĞUNÖLMESİNEveyaÇOK
AĞIRYARALANMASINAsebepolabilir.
138
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
138
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
139
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
139
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
RECOMMENDED SEATS
Group 0+: from birth to 13 kg
L1
"ROMER Baby-Safe Plus"
Installedintherearwardfacingposition.
Groups 2 and 3: from 15 to 36 kg
L4
"KLIPPAN Optima"
From22kg(about6years),theboosterisusedonitsown.
L5
"RÖMER KIDFIX"
Canbexedonthevehicle'sISOFIXmountings.
Thechildisrestrainedbytheseatbelt.
CITROËN offers a range of recommended child seats which are secured using a three point seat belt.
140
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
140
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
SEATS WITH A SUPPORT LEG
Caremustbetakenwheninstalling
a child seat with a support leg in
thevehicle.Inparticularyoushould
lookforthepresenceofastorage
compartment below the rear seat
footwells.
The centre rear seat does not have
a storage compartment below the
footwell.Youcanthereforeeasilyta
child seat with a support leg, whether
installed with the ISOFIX mountings or
usingthe3pointseatbelt.
Do not place the support leg on
the storage compartment cover;
itmightbreakinaseriousimpact.
Wheretheadjustmentsofthesupport
leg allow it, we suggest two other
possibilitiesforinstallation.
At the bottom of the storage
compartment
If the support leg is long enough, you
canadjustitsothatitcontactthe
bottomofthestoragecompartment.
Removeallobjectsfromthestorage
compartment before installing the
supportleg.
Away from the storage
compartment area
If the support leg is long enough and
canbeinclinedsufciently(always
by following the recommendations
given in the installation instructions for
the child seat), you can position the
supportlegsothatitcontactstheoor
awayfromthestoragecompartment.
Adjustthelongitudinalpositionof
the front or rear seat to obtain a
satisfactory position for the support leg
awayfromthestoragecompartment.
If you cannot position the support
leg in the way described, you
shouldnottachildseatwith
supportlegtotheseat.
141
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
141
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
LOCATIONS FOR CHILD SEATS SECURED WITH THE SEAT BELT
* A child seat with support leg must never be installed on an outer passenger seat in row 2, unless you are able to install it
inlinewiththerecommendationsunder"Installingachildseatwithasupportleg".
**Achildseatwithsupportlegmustneverbeinstalledonapassengerseatinrow3.
In accordance with European regulations, this table indicates the options for installing child seats secured using a seat belt
anduniversallyapproved(a)accordingtotheweightofthechildandtheseatinthevehicle.
U: seat suitable for the installation of a child seat secured using the seat belt and universally approved, rearward facing
and/orforwardfacing.
Seat(s)
Weight of the child and indicative age
Under 13 kg
(groups 0 (b)
and 0+)
Up to approx 1 year
From 9 to 18 kg
(group 1)
1 to 3 years approx
From 15 to 25 kg
(group 2)
3 to 6 years approx
From 22 to 36 kg
(group 3)
6 to 10 years approx
Row 1 (c) (d)
Passenger
seat
U U U U
Row 2 (e)
(5and7seats)
Outer
seats
U* U* U U
Centre seat U U U U
Row 3 (f) (g)
(7seats)
All seats U** U** U U
142
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
142
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
(a)Universalchildseat:childseat
that can be installed in any vehicle
usingtheseatbelt.
(b)Group0:frombirthto10kg.
Cots and baby carriers cannot be
installed on the front passenger
seatorinrow3.Wheninstalledin
row 2, they may prevent the use of
oneormoreseatinthisrow.
(c) Refer to the legislation in force in
your country before installing your
childonthisseat.
(d) When a rearward facing child seat
is installed on a front passenger
seat, the passenger's front airbag
mustbedeactivated.Otherwise,
the child would risk being
seriously injured or killed if the
airbag is deployed.
When a forward facing child seat
is installed on a front passenger
seat, the passenger's front airbag
mustremainactive.
Remove and stow the heads
restraint, before installing a child
seatwithbackrestonapassenger
seat.
Rettheheadrestraintoncethechild
seathasbeenremoved.
(e) When a child seat is installed at
the rear, forward facing or rearward
facing, move the vehicle's seats
in the row in front forwards and
straightentheirbackreststoleave
enough space for the child seat or
thechild'slegs.
(f)Putthebackrestsoftheouterand
centre seats in row 2, located in
front of seat occupied by a child
seat, in the table position, or if this
isnotsufcient,removetheseatsin
row 2, so that the child seat or the
child's legs do not touch the seats in
row2.
(g) If the seats in row 3 are occupied,
do not leave a child seat installed
on the foldable row 2 seat, to allow
easyaccesstorow3.
143
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
143
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
ISOFIx MOUNTINGS
Your vehicle has been approved in
accordancewiththelatestISOFIXregulation.
The mountings comprise three rings for each
seat.
Two front rings A, located between
thevehicleseatbackrestandcushion,
indicatedbyamarking.
A rear ring B,locatedontheback
ofthevehicle'sseatbackrest,for
securing the upper strap referred to as
theTopTether.
The Top Tether is used to secure the
upper strap of child seats that have
one.Thisarrangementlimitsthe
forward tipping of the child seat in the
eventofafrontalimpact.
This ISOFIX mounting system
guarantees you fast, reliable and safe
ttingofthechildseatinyourvehicle.
TheISOFIXchildseatsarettedwith
two latches which are secured on the
two front rings A.
Some also have an upper strap which
is attached to the rear ring B.
Follow strictly the instructions for
ttingchildseatscontainedinthe
manufacturer'sinstallationguide.
To secure the child seat to the
TopTether:
- remove and stow the head restraint
before installing the child seat in
thisseatingposition(retitonce
the child seat has been removed),
- pass the upper strap of the child
seat over the top of the seat
backrest,betweentheaperturesfor
the head restraint rods,
- securethehookontheupperstrap
to the rear ring,
- tightentheupperstrap.
The incorrect installation of a child
seat in a vehicle compromises the
protection of the child in the event
ofanaccident.
Refer to the table for information on
the installation of ISOFIX child seats in
yourvehicle.
144
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
144
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
ThischildseatcanalsobeusedonseatswhicharenotttedwithISOFIX
mountings.
In this case, it must be attached to the vehicle seat using the three point
seatbelt.
Follow the instructions for tting the child seat given in the seat
manufacturer's installation guide.
Recommended ISOFIx seat
"ISOFIx RÖMER DUO plus"
(size category B1)
Group 1: from 9 to 18 kg
Installedonlyintheforwardfacingposition.
Secured to rings A, as well as ring B,
calledtheTopTether,usinganupperstrap.
Threeseatbodyangles:sitting,reclining,lying.
145
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
145
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
LOCATIONS FOR CHILD SEATS ISOFIx
*Inthe7seatversion,allthreeseats
in row 2 must be present when child
seatsareinstalled.
** A child seat with support leg must
never be installed on an outer
passenger seat in row 2, unless you
are able to install it in line with the
recommendations under "Installing a
childseatwithasupportleg".
In accordance with European regulations, this table indicates the options for the installation of ISOFIX child seats on the
vehicleseatsttedwithISOFIXmountings.
In the case of the universal and semi-universal ISOFIX child seats, the child seat's ISOFIX size category, determined by a
letter from A to G,isindicatedonthechildseatnexttothelogoISOFIX.
Weight of the child/indicativeage
Less than
10 kg
(group 0)
Up to 6 months
approx
Less than 10 kg
(group 0)
Less than 13 kg
(group 0+)
Up to 1 year approx
From 9 to 18 kg
(group 1)
From 1 to 3 years approx
Type of ISOFIx child seat Infant car seat rearward facing
rearward
facing
forward facing
ISOFIx size category F G C D E C D A B B1
Row 2
(5and7*seats)
Outer
seats**
IL-SU IL-SU IL-SU IUF, IL-SU
Centre seat Not ISOFIx
Row 3
(7seats)
All seats Not ISOFIx
IUF: seat suitable for the installation
of an ISOFIX Universal child seat,
Forward facing and secured with an
upperstrap.
IL-SU: seat suitable for the installation
of a ISOFIX Semi-Universal child seat,
either.
- rearward facing equipped with an
upper strap or a support leg,
- forward facing equipped with a
support leg,
Remove and stow the head
restraint before installing a
childseatwithabackrestona
passengerseat.
Rettheheadrestraintoncethechild
seathasbeenremoved.
- a cot equipped with an upper strap
orasupportleg.
To attach the upper strap, refer to
chapter5,"ISOFIXmountings"section.
146
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
146
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
ADVICE ON CHILD SEATS
Attherear,alwaysleavesufcient
spacebetweenthefrontseatand:
- a rearward facing child seat,
- the feet of a child seated in a
forwardfacingchildseat.
For this, move the front seat forward
and, if necessary, straighten its
backrestaswell.
The incorrect installation of a child seat
in a vehicle compromises the child's
protectionintheeventofanaccident.
Checkthatthereisnoseatbeltorseat
beltbuckleunderthechildseat,asthis
coulddestabilisetheseat.
Remember to fasten the seat belts or
the child seat harnesses keeping the
slack relative to the child's body to a
minimum,evenforshortjourneys.
For the installation of a child seat using
the seat belt, ensure that the seat belt
is well tensioned on the child seat
and that it is holding the child seat
rmlyagainstthevehicle'sseat.Ifthe
passengerseatisadjustable,moveit
forwardifnecessary.
For the optimum installation of a
forward facing child seat, ensure that
thebackofthechildseatisascloseas
possibletothebackrestofthevehicle's
seat,orincontactifpossible.
The head restraint must be removed
before installing a child seat with a
backrestonthepassengerseat.
Ensure that the head restraint is
stowed or attached securely so that it
is not thrown around the vehicle in the
eventofsharpbraking.
Rettheheadrestraintassoonasthe
childseatisremoved.
Children at the front
The legislation on carrying a child on
thefrontpassengerseatisspecicto
eachcountry.Refertothelegislationin
forceinyourcountry.
Deactivate the passenger's airbag
when a rearward facing child seat is
installedonthefrontseat.
Otherwise,thechildwouldriskbeing
seriouslyinjuredorkillediftheairbag
weredeployed.
Installing a booster seat
The chest part of the seat belt must
be positioned on the child's shoulder
withouttouchingtheneck.
Ensure that the lap part of the seat belt
passescorrectlyoverthechild'sthighs.
CITROËN recommends the use of a
boosterseatwhichhasaback,tted
withaseatbeltguideatshoulderlevel.
Asasafetyprecaution,neverleave:
- one or more children alone and
unsupervised in a vehicle,
- a child or an animal in a vehicle
which is exposed to the sun, with
the windows closed,
- thekeyswithinreachofchildren
insidethevehicle.
To prevent accidental opening of the
doors,usethe"ChildLock".
Takecarenottoopentherearwindows
bymorethanonethird.
To protect young children from the rays
ofthesun,tsideblindstotherear
windows.
For an installation in row 3, put the
backrestsoftheouterandcentre
seats in row 2 in the table position, or
remove these seats in row 2, so that
the child seat or the child's legs do not
touchtheseatsinrow2.
147
SAFETY
5
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
147
Child safety
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap05_Securite_ed02-2016
CHILD LOCK
This prevents opening of the siding
sidedoorsfromtheinside.
Manual
Electric
With the ignition on, press
this button in the middle of
thedashboard.
Indicator lamp on = child
lockon.
Pleasenote:thissystemis
independentofthecentrallocking
control.
Alwaysremovetheignitionkey
when leaving the vehicle, even for
ashorttime.
Itisadvisabletocheckthestateof
thechildlockeachtimetheignitionis
switchedon.
In the event of a serious impact the
electricchildlockisdeactivated
automatically.
A label indicates the position of the
leverandthestateofthechildlock.
- Open fully past the point of
resistance.
- Tilt the lever, located on the rear
sectionofthedoor.
148
Towing a trailer
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap06_Accessoire_ed02-2016
For more information about
weights and towed loads, refer to
chapter9,"Weights"section.
TOWING A TRAILER, A CARAVAN...
Distribution of loads
Distribute the load in the trailer so
thattheheaviestobjectsareas
close as possible to the axle and
the nose weight is close to the
maximum authorised without, however,
exceedingit.
Cooling
Towing a trailer on a slope increases
thecoolanttemperature.
As the fan is electrically controlled, its
cooling capacity is not dependent on
theenginespeed.
You should therefore use a high gear
to lower the engine speed and reduce
yourspeed.
In all cases, pay attention to the
coolanttemperature.
Driving advice
Atowedvehiclemustfreewheel:
gearboxinneutral.
149
Towing a trailer
ACCESSORIES
6
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap06_Accessoire_ed02-2016
Good Practice
In certain cases of particularly arduous
use (towing the maximum load up a
steep slope in high temperatures), the
engineautomaticallylimitsitspower.
In this case, the air conditioning is
automatically cut off to save engine
power.
Tyres
Checkthetyrepressuresofthetowing
vehicle and of the trailer, observing the
recommendedpressures.
Chapter7,"Levels"section.
If the coolant temperature
warning lamp comes on, stop
the vehicle and switch off the
engineassoonaspossible.
Brakes
Towingincreasesthebrakingdistance.
Drive at a moderate speed, change
downearlyandbrakegradually.
Towbar
We recommend the use of genuine
CITROËN towbars and their wiring
harnesses, which have been tested
and approved from the design stage of
your vehicle, and that you entrust the
ttingofthisequipmenttoaCITROËN
dealer.
Ifthisequipmentisnotttedbya
CITROËN dealer, it is imperative that
itisttedusingtheelectricalpre-
equipment installed at the rear of the
vehicle and in accordance with the
manufacturer'sinstructions.
In accordance with the general
instructions a reminder of which has
been given above, we draw your
attentiontotheriskassociatedwith
ttingatowbarorelectricalaccessory
notrecommendedbyCITROËN.
Fitting such equipment could result in
the failure of your vehicle's electronic
system.Pleaseobtaininformationfrom
theManufacturerbeforettingthistype
ofequipment.
Side wind
Sensitivitytosidewindisincreased.
Drive smoothly and at a moderate
speed.
ABS/DSC
The ABS or DSC systems only control
thevehicle,notthetrailerorcaravan.
Parking sensors
Therearparkingsensorssystemdoes
notfunctionwhilethevehicleistowing.
Chapter9,"Identication
markings"section.
150
Towing a trailer
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap06_Accessoire_ed02-2016
TOWBAR WITH SWAN NECK TOWBALL,
LOCKABLE AND QUICKLY
DETACHABLE
Presentation
Thisswannecktowbar,delivered
assembled,canberemovedandtted
easily.Notoolsareneeded.
Instructions for tting and before
every use
Checkthattheswanneckiscorrectly
lockedbyverifyingthefollowingpoints:
- thegreenmarkonthelocking
wheel is visible,
- thesafetylockonthelockingwheel
is directed toward the rear,
- thesafetylockisclosedandthe
keyremoved;thelockingwheelcan
no longer be operated,
- theswanneckmustnolonger
moveatallinitscarrier.
Whenhookingupthetrailer,don't
forgettoconnectthetrailerharness.
Fitting
151
Towing a trailer
ACCESSORIES
6
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap06_Accessoire_ed02-2016
During use
Neverunlockthedevicewhen
atrailerorloadcarrieristtedtothe
swanneck.
After use
Forjourneysmadewithoutatrailer
orloadcarrier,theswanneckmust
beremovedandtheblankingplug
insertedinthecarrier.Thismeasure
appliesparticularlyiftheswanneck
could hinder visibility of the number
plateorlighting.
Removal
Maintenance
Correct operation is only possible if the
swanneckanditscarrierremainclean.
Before cleaning the vehicle with a high
pressurejetwash,theswanneckmust
beremovedandtheblankingplug
insertedinthecarrier.
152
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap06_Accessoire_ed02-2016
Equipment
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap06_Accessoire_ed02-2016
OTHER ACCESSORIES
These accessories and parts, having been
tested and approved for reliability and
safety,arealladaptedtoyourvehicle.A
wide range of recommended accessories
andgenuinepartsisavailable.
A further range is also available,
structured around comfort, leisure and
maintenance:
Anti-theftalarm,windowetching,rst
aidkit,highvisibilityvest,frontand
rearparkingsensors,warningtriangle,
securityboltsforalloywheels,...
Seat covers compatible with airbags
for the front seats, bench seat, rubber
mats, carpet mats, snow chains, blinds,
tailgatebicyclecarrier,...
To prevent the mat from becoming
caughtunderthepedals:
- ensurethatthematanditsxings
are positioned correctly,
- nevertonematontopofanother.
Audioequipment,hands-freekit,
speakers,CDchanger,satellite
navigationsystem,USBbox,Videokit,...
Regardless of the audio and telematic
equipmentofferedonthemarket,the
technical constraints associated with
thettingofequipmentoftheseproduct
groups mean that the special features
of the equipment and its compatibility
with the capacities of your vehicle's
standardequipmentmustbetakeninto
account.PleaseaskaCITROËNdealer
formoreinformationbeforettingsuch
equipment.
Maximum weights on bars
- Transverse bars on longitudinal
bars:75Kg(thesebarsarenot
compatiblewiththeModutoproof).
Installing radiocommunication
transmitters
You are advised to contact a CITROËN
dealer before installing accessory
radiocommunication transmitters with
externalaerialonyourvehicle.
TheCITROËNdealernetwork
willinformyouofthespecication
(frequency band, maximum output
power,aerialposition,specic
conditions of installation) of the
transmitterswhichcanbetted,in
accordance with the Motor Vehicle
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Directive(2004/104/EC).
Frontmudaps,rearmudaps,
15/17inchalloywheels,wheelarch
trim,leathersteeringwheel,...
Screenwash, interior and exterior
cleaning and maintenance products,
sparebulbs,...
Thettingofelectricalequipment
or accessories which are not
recommended by CITROËN may
result in a failure of your vehicle's
electronicsystem.Pleasenotethis
specicwarning.Youareadvised
to contact a dealer to be shown the
range of recommended equipment or
accessories.
Depending on the country in which
the vehicle is sold, it is compulsory
to have a high visibility vest, warning
triangle and spare bulbs available in
thevehicle.
153
CHECKS
7
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Maintenance with TOTAL
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
TOTAL & CITROËN
Partners in performance and
protecting the environment
Innovation in the search for
performance
For over 40 year, the TOTAL Research and
Development departments have developed
for CITROËN, lubricants to match the latest
technical innovations on CITROËN vehicles,
bothforcompetitionandforeverydaymotoring.
For you, this is an assurance that you will
obtain of the best performance from your
engine.
Optimum protection for your
engine
By having your CITROËN
vehicle serviced with TOTAL
lubricants, you are contributing
towards improving the life and
performance of your engine,
while also protecting the
environment.
prefers
154
Opening the bonnet
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
OPENING THE BONNET
Bonnet stay
Secure the stay in its location,
identiedbyastickerontheright-hand
side of the vehicle, to hold the bonnet
open.
Before closing the bonnet, put the stay
backinitsclipwithoutusingexcessive
force.
On the outside
Raise the bonnet slightly by reaching
inaathand,palmdown,tomake
accesstothelevereasier.
With this hand, push the safety catch
totheleft.Raisethebonnet.
On the inside
Pull the lever below the dashboard
towardsyou.Thebonnetisreleased.
To close
Lower the bonnet and release it at the
endofitstravel.Checkthatthebonnet
issecure.
Avoid opening the bonnet in strong
winds.
155
CHECKS
7
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Under the bonnet
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
PETROL ENGINE
1. Screenwashuidreservoir.
2. Fusebox.
3. Enginecoolantheadertank.
Batteryconnections:
+ Positiveterminal.
- Negativepoint(earth).
Takecarewhenworkingunderthebonnet.
4. Brakeandclutchuidreservoir.
5. Airlter.
6. Engineoildipstick.
7. Engineoilllercap.
8. Powersteeringuidreservoir.
156
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Under the bonnet
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
DIESEL ENGINE
4. Brakeandclutchuidreservoir.
5. Airlter.
6. Engineoildipstick.
7. Engineoilllercap.
8. Powersteeringuidreservoir.
9. Priming pump
(exceptBlueHDiengines).
1. Screenwashuidreservoir.
2. Fusebox.
3. Enginecoolantheadertank.
Batteryconnections:
+ Positiveterminal.
- Negativepoint(earth).
Takecarewhenworkingunderthebonnet.
157
CHECKS
7
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Levels
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
LEVELS
Oil change
This must be carried out at
theintervalsspeciedinthe
manufacturer'sservicingschedule.Ask
foradvicefromaCITROËNdealer.
Removethedipstickbeforelling.
Checkthelevelafterlling(never
exceedthemaxmark).
Rettheoilllercapbeforeclosingthe
bonnet.
Changing the brake fluid
Thebrakeuidmustbechangedat
the intervals stated, according to the
manufacturer'sservicingschedule.
Useuidsrecommendedbythe
manufacturer, which meet the DOT4
standard.
The level must be between the MIN
andMAXmarksonthereservoir.
Ifuidhastobeaddedfrequently,
this indicates a fault which must be
checkedbyaCITROËNdealeror
aqualiedworkshopassoonas
possible.
Warning lamps
Ifyouhavetoremove/retthe
engine style cover, handle it with
caretoavoiddamagingthexing
clips.
Oil level
It is recommended that the oil level be
checkedevery3000miles(5000km)
and topped up if necessary between oil
changes.
Checkthelevelwiththevehiclelevel,
enginecold,usingthedipstick.
Dipstick
Viscosity selection
In all cases, the oil selected must
meettherequirementsspeciedinthe
manufacturer'sserviceschedule.
These regular maintenance
operationswillkeepyourvehicle
ingoodworkingorder.Askfor
advice from a CITROËN dealer or refer
to the maintenance and warranty guide
inthehandbookpack.
Checksusingthewarning
lamps in the instrument panel
is described in chapter 3,
"Instruments and controls"
section.
Therearetwomarkson
thedipstick:
A = maximum
Ifyoullpastthismark,
contact a CITROËN
dealeroraqualied
workshop.
B = minimum
Never allow the level to
fallbelowthismark.
To maintain the reliability
of engines and emission
control systems, the use
of additives in engine oil
isprohibited.
158
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Levels
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Cooling system
Onlyusetheuidrecommendedbythe
manufacturer.
Otherwise,youriskseriouslydamaging
yourengine.
When the engine is warm, the
temperature of the coolant is controlled
bytheenginefan.Asthisfancan
operatewiththeignitionkeyremoved
and because the cooling system is
pressurised, wait for at least one hour
after the engine has stopped before
carryingoutanywork.
Slackenthecapby1/4ofaturnto
release the pressure to prevent any
riskofscalding.Whenthepressure
has dropped, remove the cap and top
upthelevelwithcoolant.
Ifuidhastobeaddedfrequently,
this indicates a fault which must be
checkedbyaCITROËNdealeras
soonaspossible.
Power steering fluid level
Thevehiclemustbeparkedonlevel
groundwiththeenginecold.Unscrew
the cap integrated with the gauge and
checkthelevelwhichmustbebetween
theMINandMAXmarks.
Inordertoregeneratethelter,you
are advised to drive at a speed higher
than40mph(60km/h)foratleastve
minutes as soon as possible, when
trafcconditionspermit(untilthe
message disappears and the service
warninglampgoesoff).
During regeneration of the particle
emissionlter,thenoiseofarelay
operating may be heard under the
dashboard.
If the message is still displayed and
if the service warning lamp remains
on, contact a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshop.
Topping up
The level must be between the MIN
andMAXmarksontheexpansion
bottle.Ifmorethan1litreofuidis
required to top up the level, have the
systemcheckedbyaCITROËNdealer
oraqualiedworkshop.
Screenwash level
For best quality cleaning and for your
safety, we would advise that you use
productsoftheCITROËNrange.
For optimum cleaning and to avoid
freezing,thisuidmustnotbetopped
uporreplacedwithplainwater.
Capacityofthescreenwashreservoir:
approximately3litres.
Diesel additive level
(Diesel with particle
filter)
Topping up
This additive must be topped up by
aCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshopwithoutdelay.
Waste products
Avoid prolonged contact of used oil
withtheskin.
Brakeuidisharmfultohealthand
verycorrosive.
Donotdisposeofusedoil,brakeuid
or coolant into drains or into the ground
but into the containers dedicated to this
use at a CITROËN dealer (France) or
anauthorisedwastedisposalsite.
The minimum level of this additive
is indicated by lighting of the service
warning lamp, accompanied by an
audible signal and a message in the
screen.
When this occurs with the engine
running it is due to the start of
saturationoftheparticlelter
(exceptionally prolonged urban type
drivingconditions:lowspeed,long
trafcjams,...).
159
CHECKS
7
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Checks
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
CHECKS
Carbon filter and passenger compartment filter
Particle filter (Diesel)
Maintenanceoftheparticleltermust
becarriedoutbyaCITROËNdealer.
On acceleration after the vehicle has
been running for a prolonged period
at very low speed or at idle, you may,
in exceptional circumstances, notice
the emission of water vapour at the
exhaust.Thiswatervapourdoesnot
have any adverse effect on vehicle
handlingortheenvironment.
Battery
At the start of summer or winter, have
yourbatterycheckedbyaCITROËN
dealeroraqualiedworkshop.
Brake pads
Brakepadweardependsonthestyle
of driving, in particular for vehicles
which are used in town, over short
distances.Itmaybenecessaryto
checkthethicknessofthepads,even
betweenservices.
Unlessthereisaleakonthecircuit,a
dropinthebrakeuidlevelindicates
thatthebrakepadsareworn.
Brake disc / drum wear
Forinformationoncheckingthebrake
disc/drumwear,contactaCITROËN
dealer.
Parking brake
Wheretheparkingbraketravelistoo
great or there is a reduction in the
performanceofthesystem,theparking
brakeshouldbeadjusted,evenbetween
services.
HavethesystemcheckedbyaCITROËN
dealeroraqualiedworkshop.
Oil filter
Changethelterregularlyin
accordance with the manufacturer's
servicingschedule.
Anaccessapallowsreplacementof
thelters.
Thecarbonlterpermitscontinuous
andeffectivelteringofdust.
Ifthepassengercompartmentlter
becomesblocked,thismayreducethe
performance of the air conditioning
system and generate unpleasant
odours.
We recommend the use of a combined
passengercompartmentlter.By
means of its second special active
lter,itcontributestothepurication
of the air breathed by the occupants
and the cleanness of the passenger
compartment (reduction of allergic
symptoms, unpleasant odours and
greasydeposits).
Refer to theservicing and warranty
bookletforthereplacementintervalfor
thesecomponents.
Depending on the environment (dusty
atmosphere...)andtheuseofthe
vehicle(urbandriving...),changethem
twiceasoftenifnecessary.
160
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Checks
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Good practice
Bleeding water from the Diesel
filter
Manual gearbox
Havethelevelcheckedinaccordancewith
themanufacturer'sservicingschedule.
In order to avoid damaging the
electrical units, we strongly
advise you not to use high
pressure washing to clean the engine
compartment.
After washing the vehicle dampness,
orinwinter,icemayformonthebrake
discsandpads:brakingefciencymay
bereduced.Makesomelightbrake
applications to dry and de-ice the
brakes.
If this warning lamp comes
on,bleedthelter.Otherwise
bleed regularly each time the
engineoilischanged.
HDi engines use advanced
technology.Allworkrequires
special training, so should be
entrustedtoaCITROËNdealer.
Dependingoncountryofsale.
To drain the water, unscrew the bleed
screwlocatedonthelter.
Operate until all of the water no longer
owsinthetransparentpipe,then
tightenthebleedscrew.
Only use products recommended by
CITROËN or products of equivalent
qualityandspecication.
In order to optimise the operation
ofunitsasimportantasthebraking
system, CITROËN selects and offers
specicproducts.
161
CHECKS
7
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Fuel
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
REFUELLING
Low fuel level
Filling
Thefueltankmustbelledwith the
engine off.
- Openthefuelllerap.
- Insertthekey,thenturnitaquarter
turn.
- Removethecapandhookitonto
the clip located on the inside of the
ap.
Whenllingwithfuel,
a mechanical system prevents
openingoftheleft-handsidedoor.
Whenthefuelllerapisopen,ensure
thatnoonetriestoslidethisdoor.
Oncetheaphasbeenclosed,the
slidingsidedoormayjam,pushthe
doortocloseitthenopenit.
When the low fuel level is
reached, this warning lamp
comeson.
Alabelafxedtotheinsideoftheap
reminds you of the type of fuel to be
used.
Youmustllwithatleast5litresoffuel
forittoberegisteredbythefuelgauge.
Whenthefuelllercapisopened,
theremaybeaslightinrushofair.This
vacuum is entirely normal and is due to
thesealingofthefuelsystem.
Whenllingthefueltank,donot
continue after the 3
rd
cut-off of the
nozzle.Thiscouldcausemalfunctions.
Thecapacityofthefueltankis
approximately 60 litres (or 55 litres
accordingtoversion).
- Afterllingthefueltank,lockthe
capandclosetheap.
You then have approximately 8 litres
offuelremaining.
Fill up without delay to avoid running
outoffuel.
Neverriskdrivinguntilyourunoutof
fuel as this may damage the emissions
controlandinjectionsystems.
162
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Fuel
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Travelling abroad
Certain fuels could damage the
engine of your vehicle. In certain
countries, the use of a particular
fuel may be required (specic
octane rating, specic sales
name…) to ensure correct operation
of the engine.
For any additional information, contact
yourdealer.
Fuel used for petrol engines
The petrol engines are compatible with
bio-fuels that conform to current and
future European standards and can be
obtainedfromllingstations:
- Petrol that meets the EN228
standard, mixed with a bio-fuel
meetingtheEN15376standard.
The only petrol additives
authorised for use are those
thatmeettheB715001
standard.
Fuel used for Diesel engines
The Diesel engines are compatible
with biofuels that conform to current
and future European standards and
canbeobtainedfromllingstations:
- Diesel fuel that meets
standard EN590 mixed
with a biofuel that meets
standard EN14214
(possibly containing up
to7%FattyAcidMethyl
Ester),
The use of B20 or B30 fuel
meetingstandardEN16709
is possible in your Diesel
engine.However,thisuse,
even occasional, requires
strict application of the
special servicing conditions
referred to as "Arduous
conditions".
- Diesel fuel that meets
standardEN16734
mixed with a biofuel
that meets standard
EN14214 (possibly
containing up to 10 %
Fatty Acid Methyl Ester),
For more information, contact a
CITROËNdealeroraqualiedworkshop.
- ParafnicDieselfuel
that meets standard
EN15940 mixed with
a biofuel that meets
standard EN14214
(possibly containing up
to7%FattyAcidMethyl
Ester).
The use of any other type of (bio)
fuel (vegetable or animal oils,
pureordiluted,domesticfuel...)
isstrictlyprohibited(riskofdamageto
theengineandfuelsystem).
The only Diesel additives
authorised for use are those that
meettheB715000standard.
163
CHECKS
7
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
AdBlue
®
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
DIESEL PRIMING
PUMP
If you run out of fuel, it is necessary to
primethefuelcircuit.
Other HDi engines
- Fillthefueltankwithatleastve
litresofDiesel.
- Squeeze and release the manual
priming pump, under the bonnet,
undertheprotectivecover.
- Operate the starter until the engine
starts.
BlueHDi engine
- Fillthefueltankwithatleastve
litresofDiesel.
- Switch on the ignition (without
startingtheengine).
- Wait around 6 seconds and switch
offtheignition.
- Repeattheoperation10times.
- Operate the starter to run the
engine.
FUEL CUT-OFF
In a serious collision, a mechanism
automatically prevents fuel from
reachingtheengine.
Theashingofthiswarning
lamp is accompanied by a
messageinthescreen.
Checkthatthereisnoodouror
leakageoffueloutsidethevehicleand
re-establishthefuelsupply:
- switch off the ignition
(STOP position),
- removethekey,
- putthekeybackintheignition,
- switchontheignitionandstart.
164
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
AdBlue
®
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
BLUEHDI AND ADBLUE
®
SCR technology
AdBlue
®
is the brand name of the
solution needed for operation of the
SCRsystem.
The aim of BlueHDi is to reduce the
emissions of NOx (nitrous oxides) in
the air by up to 90%, using a system
that converts NOx into water vapour
and nitrogen in a dedicated catalytic
converter:SCR(SelectiveCatalytic
Reduction).
Thisobjectivemeetsthe"Euro6"
emissions standard adopted by the
European Union aimed at limiting the
emissions of pollutants from internal
combustionengines.
The SCR technology used on BlueHDi
enginesinvolvestheinjectionof
AdBlue
®
intotheexhaustsystem.
BlueHDivehicleshaveaspecic
AdBlue
®
additivetankwithacapacity
of 17 litres.
Ithasanexteriorllerwithablue ller
cap, located to the left of the Diesel
fuelllercap.
Filling of the AdBlue
®
tankcanbe
done using 5 or 10 litre containers,
1.89litrebottles,orwhenatafuel
llingstationequippedwithaspecial
AdBlue
®
delivery pump for light
vehicles.
This operation can also be carried
out by a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshop.
Please note that the high delivery
pumpsatsomellingstations,
intended only for lorries and coaches,
are not suitable for cars or light
commercialvehicles.
Neverusethesepumps.
165
CHECKS
7
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
AdBlue
®
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Good practice
While the quantity of AdBlue
®
in
theadditivetankissufcient,no
informationisdisplayed.
Ontheotherhand,oncetheuid
level drops to the quantity needed
forarangeof1500miles(2400km)
driving, you are warned by different
temporary signals (warning lamp,
message,audiblesignal).
As more miles are covered, these
signals intensify and the message
becomespermanent.
When the AdBlue
®
tankisempty,
restartingbecomesimpossible.
It is strongly recommended that you
do not wait for the successive alerts
before topping-up the AdBlue
®
additive,
butdothisassoonaspossible.
Filling the AdBlue
®
tank
For light vehicles, 5 or 10 litre
containersand1.89litre
(1/2USgallon)bottlesareavailable
from CITROËN dealers, until they are
equipped with AdBlue
®
deliverypumps.
IfyouwanttolltheAdBlue
®
tank
yourself, ensure that you have a
suitablellerpipe,whichmayormay
not be supplied with the additive
container.
166
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
AdBlue
®
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Range indicators
Rules on the display of alerts
For more information on the
displays and warning lamps, refer
to chapter 3, "Instruments and
controls"section.
Range greater than 1 500 miles
(2 400 km)
Noinformationdisplayed.
Oncethe1500miles(2400km)
threshold is reached, the UREA
warning lamp comes on temporarily
and the remaining range message is
displayed.
The alert is repeated every 200 miles
(300km)untilthenextthresholdis
reached.
Every time the ignition is switched
on, the alert is given, together with an
audiblesignal.
Remaining range less than
1 500 miles (2 400 km) and greater
than 350 miles (600 km)
Driving range
Withthetouchscreentablet:
If the range is greater than 3 100 miles
(5000km),arangevalueisnotgiven.
Press this button to display
theinformation.
- select the "Driving
assistance" menu,
- select "Diagnostic",
- selectCHECK.
Different levels of alert are triggered
according to the remaining driving
range threshold
You will be informed as each mileage
threshold is reached and the alerts will
changefromtemporarytopermanent.
- The 1
st
is triggered at a remaining
driving range of 1 500 miles
(2400km).
- The 2
nd
is triggered at a remaining
driving range of 350 miles
(600km).
- Up to 0 miles, at which point it will
be impossible to restart the engine
afterastop.
167
CHECKS
7
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
AdBlue
®
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Oncethe350miles(600km)threshold
is reached, the UREA warning lamp
ashesandtheServicewarninglamp
comes on, accompanied by a message
ontheremainingdrivingrange.
The alert is repeated every 30 seconds
with an update of the remaining driving
rangeinstepsof30miles(50km)
travelled.
Every time the ignition is switched
on, the alert is given together with an
audiblesignal.
At 0 miles the system installed in
the vehicle to meet the emissions
standard will prevent engine
starting.
Your vehicle's exhaust emissions no
longer meet the "Euro 6" standard and
theenginewillnotstart.
To be able to restart the vehicle, you
must add at least 4 litres of AdBlue
®
.
- Pourtheadditiveintothetank(by
thellerwiththebluecap).
- Switch on the ignition without
starting.
- Wait 10 seconds before starting the
engine.
Remaining range less than 350 miles
(600 km) and more than 0 miles
Starting prevented, breakdown related
to a lack of AdBlue
®
in the special tank
The0uidlevelhasbeenreached.
Avoid waiting until the
remaining range is 0 miles!
The alert is repeated when driving until
the AdBlue
®
tankhasbeentopped-up
withsufcientadditive.
Unless the additive in the special
additivetankistopped-up,yourisk
immobilisationofthevehicle.
Followingthis,makeafurtherll
tothespecialadditivetank,the
capacity of which is 17 litres.
Fault with the SCR system
The UREA, Service and diagnostic
warninglampscomeson.
Every time the ignition is switched on,
theemissionsfaultisconrmedbyan
audiblesignalandamessage.
If it is a temporary fault, the alert
disappears as soon as the exhaust
emissions return to the levels required
bythestandard.
Detection
On the other hand, if the warning
lamps are still on after 30 miles
(50km)ofdriving,thefaultis
conrmed.
An engine start prevention system
will be activated automatically after
650miles(1100km)travelled
followingthisconrmation.
GotoaCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshop.
Or go to a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshop.
168
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
AdBlue
®
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Fault conrmed
In addition to the previous signals,
theUREAwarninglampashesand
the remaining range allowed will be
displayedinmiles(kilometres).
The alert will be repeated every
30 seconds with an update of the
driving range in steps of 30 miles
(50km).
GotoaCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshopassoonaspossible.
Yourisknotbeingabletostartthe
engine.
Starting prevented, having
covered the 650 miles (1 100 km)
At each attempt at starting, the alert is
activated and the message "Emissions
fault:Startingprevented"isdisplayed.
Refilling / Topping-up the
AdBlue
®
Precautions to take
Use only AdBlue
®
that meets the
ISO22241standard.
The AdBlue
®
uidisanurea-based
solution.
Thisuidisnon-ammable,colourless
andodourless.
Tobekeptinacoolarea.
Containers (5 or 10 litres) and
bottles (1.89 litres) of AdBlue
®
Pleasechecktheuse-bydate.
Readtheinstructionsonthelabel.
Ensure that you have a suitable
llerpipe,whichmayormaynotbe
suppliedwiththecontainer.
Intheeventofanoverow,wipe
aroundthellermouthusinga
dampcloth.
If any AdBlue
®
uidissplitorsplashed
on to you, wash immediately with cold
water or wipe yourself with a clean
dampcloth.
Iftheuidhascrystallised,cleanitoff
usingaspongeandhotwater.
Tofacilitatelling,anadaptoris
availablefromCITROËNdealers.
169
CHECKS
7
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
AdBlue
®
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap07_Verication_ed02-2016
Filling
Ensurethatthevehicleisparkedona
atandlevelsurface.
Pourthecontentsofthecontainer/
bottleintothededicatedtank.
AfterllingtheAdBlue
®
tank,observe
thefollowingprocedure:
- Switch on the ignition without
starting.
- Wait 10 seconds before starting the
engine.
Never dispose of empty AdBlue
®
containers and bottles in the
householdwaste.
Place them in a special container
providedthispurposeortakethemto
yourdealer.
Keep AdBlue
®
out of the
reach of children, in its original
container.
Never transfer AdBlue
®
to another
container:itwouldlooseitspurity.
Neverdilutetheuidwithwater.
NeverpourtheuidintotheDieselfuel
tank.
Recommendations on storage
Never store containers or bottles of
AdBlue
®
inyourvehicle.
Freezing of the AdBlue
®
AdBlue
®
freezesatabout-11°C(12.2°F)
anddeterioratesabove25°C(77°F).
It is recommended that containers and
bottles be stored in a cool area and
protectedfromdirectsunlight.
Undertheseconditions,theuidcan
bekeptforatleastayear.
Additive that has been frozen can
be used once it has thawed out in
ambientair.
The SCR system includes an
AdBlue
®
tankheaterthatensures
operation of the vehicle in normal
conditions.
In exceptional situations, such as when
thevehicleiskeptattemperatures
below -15°C (5°F) for a long period,
there may be an emission fault alert
related to freezing of the AdBlue
®
additive.
Parkthevehicleinanareaatamore
moderate temperature for a few hours
until the AdBlue
®
becomesauid
again.
The emissions warning lamp does not
go off immediately, but does so after a
fewmilesofdriving.
170
Battery
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
BATTERY
Before disconnecting the battery, you
must wait for 2 minutes after switching
offtheignition.
Never disconnect a terminal when the
engineisrunning.
Neverchargeabatterywithoutrst
disconnectingtheterminals.
After every reconnection of the battery,
switch on the ignition and wait 1 minute
before starting to allow the electronic
systemstobeinitialised.Ifproblems
remain after doing this, please contact
aCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshop.
After changing bulbs, wait
approximately 3 minutes before
reconnectingthebattery.
It is advisable to disconnect the
battery if the vehicle is not to be
used for a period of more than
onemonth.
To charge the battery using a
battery charger
- Disconnectthebattery.
- Follow the instructions for use
given by the battery charger
manufacturer.
- Reconnect starting with the
negative(-)terminal.
- Checkthattheterminalsand
connectorsareclean.Iftheyare
covered with sulphate (white or
greenish deposit), disconnect them
andcleanthem.
To start the vehicle from
another battery
- Connect the red cable to the
positive (+) terminals of the
twobatteries.
- Connect one end of the green
orblackcabletothenegative(-)
terminaloftheslavebattery.
- Connect the other end of the green
orblackcabletoanearthpointon
thebrokendownvehicleasfaras
possiblefromthebattery.
- Operatethestarter,lettheenginerun.
- Wait for the engine to return to idle,
thendisconnectthecables.
The presence of this label
indicates the use of a 12 V
lead-acid battery with special
technologyandspecication,forwhich
the involvement of a CITROËN dealer
orqualiedworkshopisrequiredwhen
replacingordisconnectingthebattery.
Failure to observe this recommendation
may cause premature wear of the
battery.
Afterrettingthebattery,theStop&
Start system will only be active after
several hours depending on the
climatic conditions and the state of
charge of the battery (up to about
8hours).
The Stop & Start battery does not have
tobedisconnectedforcharging.
171
Battery
QUICK HELP
8
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
ECONOMY MODE
After the engine has stopped, with
thekeyintheignitionposition,certain
functions (windscreen wiper, electric
windows, courtesy lamps, audio
equipment,etc.)canonlybeusedfora
cumulative duration of thirty minutes, to
preventdischargingofthebattery.
Once the thirty minutes have elapsed,
the active functions are put on standby
andthebatterywarninglampashes
accompanied by a message in the
screen.
To resume the use of these functions
immediately, start the engine and let it
runforafewminutes.
The time available will then be double
the time for which the engine was left
running.However,thistimewillalways
bebetweenveandthirtyminutes.
Aatbatterywillpreventthe
enginefromstarting.
172
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a wheel
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Thetemporarytyrerepairkitconsists
of a compressor and a bottle
(containingasealant).
Using the kit
- Tickthedeatedwheelonthe
speedlimitationstickerthenafx
thestickertothevehicle'ssteering
wheel to remind you that a wheel is
intemporaryuse.
- Clip the bottle 1 on the
compressor 2.
- Connect the bottle 1 to the valve of
thetyretoberepaired.
- Takecaretounwindthe
compressor pipe before connecting
ittothebottle.
- Connect the power lead to one of
thevehicle's12Vsockets.
- Switch on the compressor by
pressing button A until the tyre
pressurereaches2.0bars.Ifthis
pressure cannot be reached, the
tyrecannotberepaired.
- Removeandstorethecompressor.
- Drive immediately, for a few miles
(kilometres),atreducedspeed,to
llthepuncture.
- Adjustthepressureusingthe
compressor in accordance with the
recommendation for the vehicle and
checkthattheleakislledcorrectly
(nofurtherlossofpressure).
- Drive at reduced speed (50 mph
[80km/h]).Thetyremustbe
examined and repaired by a
specialistassoonaspossible.
After use, the bottle can be stored in
aplasticbag,suppliedinthekit,to
avoid staining your vehicle with traces
ofuid.
Warning:thesealantproductis
harmful if swallowed and causes
irritationtotheeyes.
Keepitoutofreachofchildren.
After use, do not discard the bottle into
theenvironment,takeittoaCITROËN
dealer or to an specialised waste
disposalsite.
Replacement bottles of sealant are
availablefromCITROËNdealers.
TEMPORARY PUNCTURE
REPAIR KIT
Thekitislocatedinoneofthe
two storage compartments located
underthefrontseats.
Vehicles supplied with a temporary
puncturerepairkitdonothaveaspare
wheelortooling(jack,wheelbrace,...).
173
QUICK HELP
8
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a wheel
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
1. Parking the vehicle
- The occupants must get out of the
vehicleandwaitinasafelocation.
- Ifpossible,parkthevehicleon
level, stable and non-slippery
ground.
- Applytheparkingbrake,switch
offtheignitionandengagerstor
reversegear.
- Placeachockunderthewheel
diagonally opposite the one to be
changed.
CHANGING A WHEEL
under the passenger footwell behind
thedriver'sseat.
- If necessary, move the seat forward
to access the storage compartment
fromtherear.
- Removetheapthentakeoutthe
jackandthetoolcarrier.
- Remove the tools needed from the
carrier.
1. Jack.
2. Wheelbrace.
3. Chock.
4. Spanner for the Modutop roof bars
andrearlamps.
5. Alloywheeltrimremovaltool.
6. Towingeye.
Ifthevehicleisttedwithatowbar,
it is sometimes necessary to raise
thevehicleslightlytomakeiteasier
to remove the spare wheel from its
carrier.
2. Tools
The tools are stowed in a storage area
closedbyaapunderafrontseat.
However, if the vehicle is not equipped
with a spare wheel, the towing eye is
located in the storage compartment
Oncertaintypesofgroundand/
or if considerable loads are being
transported, call a CITROËN dealer or
aqualiedworkshop.
Thejackandtoolsarespecictoyour
vehicle.Donotusethemforother
purposes.
174
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a wheel
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
3. Spare wheel
- Unscrew the bolt using the
wheelbrace until the carrier is
loweredfully.
- Open the rear doors to gain access
tothesparewheel.
- Detachthecarrierfromthehook
and place the spare wheel near the
wheeltobechanged.
175
QUICK HELP
8
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a wheel
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
4.
Removing the wheel with punctured tyre
- Positionthefootofthejackonthe
ground and ensure that it is directly
belowthefrontorrearjacking
point provided on the underbody,
whichever is closest to the wheel to
bechanged.
- Extendthejackuntilitshead
comesintocontactwiththejacking
point used; the vehicle's contact
area A must be engaged with the
headofthejack.
- Raise the vehicle until there is
sufcientspacebetweenthewheel
and the ground, so that the (not
punctured) spare wheel can be
easilytted.
- Resume and complete the
unscrewingofthewheelbolts.
- Remove the bolts and remove the
wheel.
- Removethewheeltrim.
- Loosen the wheel bolts and start
unscrewingthem.
Ensurethatthejackisstable,thefoot
ofthejackmustbeincontactwiththe
ground,anddirectlybelowthejacking
pointused.
If the ground is slippery or loose, the
jackmayslipordrop-Riskofinjury!
Ensurethatthejackispositionedonly
atoneofthejackingpointsunderthe
vehicle,makingsurethatthevehicle's
contact surface is centred on the head
ofthejack.
Otherwisethereisariskofdamage
tothevehicleand/orofthejack
dropping-Riskofinjury!
Donotextendthejackuntilyouhave
started unscrewing the bolts on the
wheel to be changed and have placed
thechockunderthewheeldiagonally
opposite.
176
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a wheel
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
When using the non-uniform spare
wheel, do not exceed a speed of
50mph(80km/h).
The spare wheel is not designed to
beusedoverlongdistances.Have
the tightening of the bolts and the tyre
pressurecheckedbyaCITROËN
dealeroraqualiedworkshopassoon
aspossible.
Have the original wheel repaired
andrettedbyaCITROËNdealer
oraqualiedworkshopassoonas
possible.
5. Fitting the spare wheel
- Position the wheel on the hub and
starttighteningtheboltsbyhand.
- Carry out an initial tightening of the
boltsusingthewheelbrace.
- Lower the vehicle completely by
foldingthejack,thenremovethe
jack.
- Tighten the bolts again using the
wheelbrace, tighten them fully
withoutforcingthem.
- Place the wheel to be repaired in
thecarrier.
- Securethecarrieronthehookthen
raise the carrier by tightening the
boltwiththewheelbrace.
- Fullytightenthebolt,thencheck
thatthewheelisheldatagainst
theoor.
If this is not the case, repeat the
operation.
Never go underneath a vehicle
thatissupportedonlybyajack
(useastand).
Never use a power driver in place of
thewheelbrace.
177
QUICK HELP
8
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a wheel
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
FITTING THE WHEEL
TRIM
The tyre valve must be centred in the
wheeltrimcut-out.
Thispositionisessentialforttingthe
wheeltrimcorrectlyonthesteelwheel.
(If the valve is not correctly aligned with
the cut-out, the anti-rotation system
will be in contact with the heads of the
wheelboltsandrisksbeingdamaged
iftheuserpersistsinttingthewheel
triminthisincorrectposition).
- Ensure that all of the clips are
engaged except the last one
(oppositethevalvehole).
- Strikethewheeltrimwiththepalm
of your hand, opposite the valve
intheareaofthelastxingclip
(alwaysinthedirectionofclipping).
- Ensure that the outer edge of
the wheel trim is not deformed or
pushedintothewheel:
● Correct position for the edge of
thewheeltrim.
● Incorrect position for the edge of
thewheeltrim.
Refer to the "Instruments and
controls" section of chapter 3,
"Tyreunder-inationdetection"
part, for recommendations after
changingawheelttedwithatyre
under-inationdetectionsensor.
Refertothe"Identication
markings"sectionofchapter9to
locatethetyrelabel.
6. Refitting the repaired wheel
Thewheelisrettedasdescribedin
step5,notforgettingtoretthewheel
trim.
178
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a wheel
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Check the position of the tyre
valve relative to the ring of the
wheel trim.
Valve not positioned correctly:below
thering.
Observe the wheel trim tting
procedure, so as to avoid
breaking the xing clip and
deformation at the edge of the
wheel trim.
Deformation of the edge of the wheel
trimatthevalve,becauseitistted
incorrectly.
Valve positioned correctly:belowthe
ring.
179
QUICK HELP
8
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Snow screen
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
REMOVABLE SNOW SCREEN
(BLANKING COVER)
According to country, the removable
snow screen is installed on the lower
part of the front bumper to prevent the
accumulation of snow at the radiator
coolingfan.
Fitting
Removal
- Offer up the snow screen facing its
centring pin Aonthefrontbumper.
- Put it in place by pressing at each
clip Blocatedinthefourcorners.
Do not forget to remove the
snow screen when the exterior
temperature is higher than 10°C
(noriskofsnowfall)andwhen
towing.
- Pass a screwdriver into the hole
locatedneareachoftheclips.
- Use the screwdriver as a lever to
unclip the four clips Binturn.
180
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Snow chains
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
SNOW CHAINS
In wintry conditions, snow chains
improve traction as well as the
behaviourofthevehiclewhenbraking.
Thesnowchainsmustbetted
onlytothedrivingwheels.They
mustneverbettedto"space-
saver"typesparewheels.
Takeaccountofthelegislationin
force in your country on the use
of snow chains and the maximum
runningspeedauthorised.
Advice on installation
F Ifyouhavetotthechainsduring
ajourney,stopthevehicleonaat
surfaceonthesideoftheroad.
F Applytheparkingbrakeand
positionanywheelchocksto
preventmovementofyourvehicle.
F Fit the chains following the
instructions provided by the
manufacturer.
F Move off gently and drive for a
few moments, without exceeding
30mph(50km/h).
F Stopyourvehicleandcheckthat
the snow chains are correctly
tightened.
It is recommended that before you
leave,youpractisettingthesnow
chainsonalevelanddrysurface.
Use only the chains designed to be
ttedtothetypeofwheelttedtoyour
vehicle:
For more information on snow chains,
contact a CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshop.
Original
tyre size
Maximumlink
size.
195/65R15
9 mm
195/70R15
205/65R15
215/55R16
215/50R17
Avoid driving with chains on roads
that have been cleared of snow,
to avoid damaging your vehicle's tyres
andtheroadsurface.Ifyourvehicle
isttedwithalloywheels,checkthat
nopartofthechainoritsxingsisin
contactwiththewheelrim.
181
QUICK HELP
8
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a bulb
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
CHANGING A BULB
Type A
Allglassbulb:pullgently
asitisttedbypressure.
Type C
Halogenbulb:releasethe
retaining spring from its
housing.
Type B
Bayonetbulb:press
on the bulb then turn it
anticlockwise.
Types of bulb
Varioustypesofbulbarettedtoyour
vehicle.
Toremovethem:
Type D
Light-emitting diode
(LED):forreplacement
of the daytime running
lamps, contact a
CITROËN dealer or a
qualiedworkshop.
182
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a bulb
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
2. Sidelamps
Type A, W5W - 5W
- Remove the cover by pulling the
exiblerubbertab.
- Removethebulbholderttedby
pressurebypullingtheconnector.
- Changethebulb.
- Ensurethatthecoverisretted
correctly all round to assure correct
sealing.
Front lamps
1. Dipped / Main beam headlamps
Type C, H4 - 55W
- Remove the centre cover by pulling
theexiblerubbertab.
- Disconnecttheelectricalconnector.
- Releasetheretainingtab.
- Changethebulbtakingcare
to align the metal part with the
groovesonthelamp.
- Repositiontheretainingtab.
- Ensurethatthecoverisretted
correctly all round to assure correct
sealing.
High pressure washing
Openthebonnet.Toaccessthebulbs,
reachbehindtheheadlampunit.
Carry out the operations in reverse
ordertoreteachbulbandcheckthat
thebonnetisclosedsecurely.
Halogen bulbs must be changed
withtheheadlampoff.Waitafew
minutes(riskofseriousburns).
Do not touch the bulb directly with your
ngers,uselint-freecloths.
It is normal for condensation to form
insidetheheadlamps.Regularuseof
thevehicleeliminatesthismisting.
The bulbs must be changed with
the ignition off or with the battery
disconnected.Waitapproximately
3 minutes after changing the bulb
beforereconnectingthebattery.
Checkthatthelampsoperatecorrectly
aftereachoperation.
When using this type of washing
on stubborn dirt, do not persist on
the headlamps, the lamps and their
edges to avoid damaging their coating
andseals.
183
QUICK HELP
8
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a bulb
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
3. Direction indicators
Type B, PY21W - 21W (amber)
- Remove the cover by pulling the
exiblerubbertab.
- Turn the bulb holder a quarter turn
anticlockwise.
- Remove the bulb by pressing it
lightlywhileturningitanticlockwise.
- Changethebulb.
- Ensurethatthecoverisretted
correctly all round to assure correct
sealing.
4. Front foglamps
Type C, H1 - 55W
- Remove the three clips and the
screw securing the wheel arch liner,
locatedbelowthebumper.
- Movethewheelarchlinerupwards.
- Disconnect the bulb holder
connector by pressing the tab at
thetop.
- Remove the bulb holder by
squeezing the two clips (at top and
bottom)usingangerandthumb.
- Replace the module (bulb holder
andbulb).
- Carry out the operations in reverse
ordertotthemoduleandretthe
wheelarchliner.
184
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a bulb
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Side repeater
Type A, WY5W - 5W (amber)
- Push the repeater towards the rear
and disengage it by pulling the
front.
- Contact a CITROËN dealer to
obtain a new repeater which is a
sealedcomponent.
- Toret,engagetherepeater
towards the rear and bring it
towardsthefront.
Courtesy lamps
Type A, 12V5W - 5W
- Unclip the lens by sliding a
screwdriver in the slots on each
sideofthecourtesylamp.
- Pullthebulboutandchangeit.
- Clip the lens in its housing and
ensurethatitissecuredcorrectly.
Front / Rear
185
QUICK HELP
8
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a bulb
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Rear lamps
This procedure requires the use of
the spanner supplied with the tools for
changingawheel.
Whenretting,takecareto
reposition the tabs and the wiring
correctly to avoid trapping the
wiring.
After changing the rear direction
indicator bulb, the reinitialisation time is
above2minutes.
- Move aside the 4 tabs then extract
thebulbholder.
- Remove the faulty bulb by
pressing it lightly while turning it
anticlockwise.
- Changethebulb.
Whenremovingthelampunit:
- with tailgate, pull the lamp unit
towards the centre of the vehicle,
- with hinged doors, pull the lamp
unittowardsyou.
For more information on bulbs, refer to
the"Typesofbulb".
1. Brake lamps / sidelamps
Type B,P21/5W-21/5W
2. Direction indicators
Type B, PY21W - 21W (amber)
3. Reversing lamps
Type B, P21W - 21W
4. Foglamps
Type B, P21W - 21W
High pressure jet washing
When using this type of washing
on stubborn dirt, do not persist on
the headlamps, the other lamps
and their edges to avoid damaging
theircoatingandseals.
Chapter 9, "Changing a wheel"
section.
- Identify the failed bulb, then open
thereardoorsto180°.
Chapter3,"Access"section.
- Removethetwoxingboltsusing
thespannerprovided.
- Pullthelampunitfromtheoutside.
- Holding the lamp, disconnect the
electricalconnector.
186
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a bulb
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Number plate lamps
- Unscrewthetwonuts.
- Pushthepins.
- If necessary, disconnect the
connectortoremovethelamp.
- Changethebulb.
Third brake lamp
Type A, W16W - 16W
Type A, W5W - 5W
With tailgate
- Disengage the plastic lens using a
screwdriver.
- Changethebulb.
- Replace the plastic lens and press
onit.
With hinged doors
- Uncliptheinteriortrim.
- Disconnect the connector by
movingasideitstab.
- Turn the bulb holder a quarter turn
anticlockwise.
- Changethebulb.
- Putthebulbholderbackinplace
andreconnecttheconnector.
- Putthetrimbackinplace.
187
QUICK HELP
8
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a fuse
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
CHANGING A FUSE
Thefuseboxesarelocated:
- in the lower dashboard on the left-
hand side (behind the cover),
- underthebonnet(nearthebattery).
The information given concerns only
those fuses which can be changed by
the user using the tweezer, located
behind the dashboard storage
compartmentontheright-handside.
Foranyotherwork,visitaCITROËN
dealeroraqualiedworkshop.
Removing and fitting a fuse
Always replace a failed fuse with a
fuse of the same rating.
Motortradetechnicians:for
complete information on the fuses
and relays, refer to the "Repair
Manual" diagrams via the dealer
network.
CITROËN will not accept responsibility
for the cost incurred in repairing
your vehicle or for rectifying the
malfunctions resulting from the
installation of accessories not
supplied and not recommended by the
CITROËNnetworkandnotinstalled
in accordance with its instructions,
in particular when the combined
consumption of all of the additional
equipment connected exceeds
10milliamperes.
Before replacing a fuse, the cause of
theincidentmustbeidentiedand
rectied.
● Usethetweezer.
188
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a fuse
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Dashboard fuses
Tilt the cover to gain access to the
fuses.
Fuses
F
Amperes
A
Allocation
1 15 Rear wiper
2 - Not used
3 5 Airbag
4 10
Airconditioning,diagnosticsocket,mirrorcontrol,
headlamp beam
5 30 Electric windows
6 30 Locks
7 5
Rear courtesy lamp, front map reading lamp, roof
console
8 20
Audioequipment,screen,tyreunder-ination
detection, alarm and siren
9 30 Frontandrear12Vsocket
10 15 Central column
11 15 Low current ignition switch
12 15 Rain and sunshine sensor, airbag
13 5 Instrument panel
14 15
Parkingsensors,digitalairconditioningcontrols,
hands-freephonekit
15 30 Locks
16 - Not used
17 40 Rearscreen/mirrorsdemist/defrost
189
QUICK HELP
8
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a fuse
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Passenger compartment fuses
Fuses
F
Amperes
A
Allocation
1 - Not used
2 20 Heated seats
3 - Not used
4 15 Folding mirrors relay
5 15 Refrigerationequipmentsocketrelay
190
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a fuse
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Fuses under the bonnet
After opening the bonnet, unclip and tilt
the corresponding box to gain access
tothefuses.
Fuses
F
Amperes
A
Allocation
1 20 Engine management
2 15 Horn
3 10 Front and rear wash-wipe pump
4 - Not used
5 15 Engine components
6 10 Steering wheel angle sensor, DSC
7 10 Brakeswitch,clutchswitch
8 25 Starter motor
9 10 Headlampbeammotor,eetmanagementunit
10 30 Engine components
11 40 Not used
12 30 Wipers
13 40 Built-in systems interface
14 30 Pump
15 10 Right-hand main beam headlamp
16 10 Left-hand main beam headlamp
17 15 Right-hand dipped beam headlamp
18 15 Left-hand dipped beam headlamp
191
QUICK HELP
8
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Changing a wiper blade
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Placing the windscreen wiper
blades in the special position
Changing a front wiper blade
- Liftthewiperarm.
- Unclipthebladeandremoveit.
- Fitthenewblade.
- Pushbackthewiperarm.
Changing the rear wiper blade
- Lift the wiper arm, then unclip the
bladeandremoveit.
- Fitthenewbladeandpushback
thewiperarm.
CHANGING A WIPER BLADE
- Within a minute after switching off
theignition,pressthewiperstalk
downwards to position the wiper
blades along the windscreen pillars
(specialposition).
To return the windscreen wipers to
their normal position, switch on the
ignitionandoperatethewiperstalk.
192
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Having your vehicle towed
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap08_Aide-rapide_ed02-2016
Without lifting (4 wheels on the
road)
Youshouldalwaysuseatowingarm.
BEING TOWED
This procedure involves the use of
the towing eye supplied with the tools
forchangingawheel.
From the front
- Unclip the cover by pressing the
bottompart.
- Fully screw in the removable
towingeye.
From the rear
- Unclip the cover using a coin or the
atpartofthetowingeye,
- Fully screw in the removable
towingeye.
When towing with the engine
switchedoff,thereisnobrakingor
steeringassistance.
Lifting (only 2 wheels on the
road)
It is preferable to raise the vehicle
usingprofessionalliftingequipment.
Vehicles tted with a manual
gearbox (Diesel version)
Inthecaseofvehiclesttedwith
a manual gearbox, the gear lever
must be in neutral, failure to observe
this special condition may result in
damagetotransmissionandbraking
components and the absence of
brakingassistancewhentheengineis
startedagain.
Section8,"Changingawheel".
193
TECHNICAL DATA
9
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
Dimensions
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
194
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
Dimensions
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
DIMENSIONS (MM)
L Overall length 4380
H Overall height 1801-1862
A Wheelbase 2728
B Front overhang 925
C Rear overhang 727
D Widthoverpanels:
without mirrors 1810
with mirrors 2112
E Widthoffronttracks 1505-1507
F Widthofreartracks 1554-1556
-
Length of the loading surface to the
seat
Row 2 990
Row 2, seat fully folded 1343
With front passenger seat folded 3000
195
TECHNICAL DATA
9
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
Dimensions
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
M Maxsillheightwith205/65R15tyresandtailgatetrim 582
Hinged doors Tailgate
Small Large
N Aperture height (under panel) 1118
O Aperture width 495 543 1582
Rear doors (mm)
196
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
Dimensions
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
P Aperture height 1009
Q Aperture width 640
- Height under raised tailgate 1892
Sliding side doors (mm)
197
TECHNICAL DATA
9
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
Weights
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
ENGINE CHARACTERISTICS
The engine characteristics (capacity,
maximum power, maximum power
speed, fuel, CO
2
emissions...)foryour
vehicle are given in the registration
certicate.
These characteristics correspond
to the values type-approved
on a test bed, under conditions
denedinEuropeanlegislation
(Directive1999/99/EC).
For more information, refer to the
manufacturer's website or sales
brochureforthemodel.Contact
aCITROËNdealeroraqualied
workshop.
WEIGHTS AND TOWED LOADS
Thesevalues,expressedinkg,canbe
found on the manufacturer's VIN plate
orlabel.
The maximum weights and towed
loads for your vehicle can be found on
thevehicle'sregistrationcerticate.
Thekerbweightisequaltotheweight
withoutload+driver(75kg)+fueltank
lledto90%.
The GTW and towed load values
indicated are valid up to a maximum
altitudeof1000metres.Thevalueof
the towed load mentioned must be
reduced by 10 % for each additional
1000metres.
Withloadtransfer,thebrakedtrailer
weight can be increased, on condition
that the equivalent of this load is
removed from the vehicle so that the
GTWisnotexceeded.
High ambient temperatures
may result in a reduction in the
performance of the vehicle in
ordertoprotecttheengine.Whenthe
ambient temperature is higher than
37°C,limitthetowedweight.
Towing with a lightly loaded
vehicle can adversely affect road
holding.
Towingatrailerincreasesbraking
distances.
When towing, the maximum permitted
speed is reduced (comply with the
legislationinforceinthecountry).
The recommended nose weight is
the downward force on the towball
(removablewithorwithouttools).
GVW: gross vehicle weight, the
maximumauthorisedweight.
GTW: gross train weight, the maximum
weightforvehicleplustrailer.
The location of the manufacturer's
plate is given in chapter 9,
"Identicationmarkings"section.
In each country, it is imperative that
the maximum towed loads authorised
by local legislation are complied
with.Tondoutyourvehicle'stowing
capacities and its gross train weight,
consultaCITROËNdealer.
198
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
Weights
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
Petrol Engines / Weights
5-seat
Engine Gearbox
Engine oil
capacity with lter
replacement (litres)
Unbraked trailer (kg)
Recommended nose
weight (kg)
1.6 110 hp 5-speed manual 3.25 750 55
1.6 VTi 100 hp 5-speed manual 4.25 600 70
1.6 VTi 120 hp 5-speed manual 4.25 690 70
1.6 VTi 120 hp
Euro 6
5-speed manual 4.25 600 70
1.2 PureTech S&S
110 hp Euro 6
5-speed manual 3.45 600 70
7-seat
Engine Gearbox
Engine oil
capacity with lter
replacement (litres)
Unbraked trailer (kg)
Recommended nose
weight (kg)
1.6 110 hp 5-speed manual 3.25 750 70
199
TECHNICAL DATA
9
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
Weights
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
Diesel Engines / Weights
5-seat
Engine Gearbox
Engine oil
capacity with lter
replacement (litres)
Unbraked trailer (kg)
Recommended nose
weight (kg)
1.6 HDi 75 hp 5-speed manual - 600 70
1.6 HDi 75 hp FAP 5-speed manual - 715 70
BlueHDi 75 hp
Euro 6
5-speed manual - 720 70
1.6 HDi 90 hp 5-speed manual 3.75 735 70
1.6 HDi 92 hp FAP 5-speed manual 3.75 715 70
1.6 e-HDi 92 hp FAP 5-speed manual 3.75 690 70
1.6 BlueHDi 100 hp
Euro 6
5-speed manual 3.75 600 70
1.6 BlueHDi 100 hp
S&S
5-speed manual
3.75
600 70
6-speed electronic 600 70
1.6 HDi 115 hp FAP 5-speed manual 3.75 735 70
1.6 BlueHDi 120 hp
Euro 6
6-speed manual 3.75 600 70
FAP :particlelter.
e-HDi :modelequippedwithStop&Start.
200
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
Weights
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
7-seat
Engine Gearbox
Engine oil
capacity with lter
replacement (litres)
Unbraked trailer (kg)
Recommended nose
weight (kg)
1.6 HDi 92 hp FAP 5-speed manual 3.75 750 70
1.6 BlueHDi 100 hp
Euro 6
5-speed manual 3.75 600 70
1.6 BlueHDi 100 hp
Euro 6 S&S
5-speed manual 3.75 600 70
1.6 HDi 115 hp FAP 5-speed manual 3.75 750 70
1.6 BlueHDi 120 hp
Euro 6
6-speed manual 3.75 600 70
FAP :particlelter.
e-HDi :modelequippedwithStop&Start.
201
TECHNICAL DATA
9
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
Identification markings
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS
A. Manufacturer's plate.
C. Tyres and paint colour code.
The label C,onthefrontdoorgives:
- the wheel and tyre sizes,
- the tyre pressures, laden and
unladen,
- the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel,
- thepaintcolourcode.
Thetyrepressuresshouldbechecked
whencold,atleastonceamonth.
B. Serial number.
This is engraved on the front right
wheelarch.
Ifyourvehicleisttedwiththe
system,refertothe"Under-ination
detection"sectioninChapter3.
202
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016Berlingo2VP_en_Chap09_Caract-technique_ed02-2016
Audio and Telematics
203
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
7-inchtouchscreentablet
GPS satellite navigation - Multimedia audio - Bluetooth
®
telephone
Contents
First steps 204
Steering mounted controls 206
Menus 207
Navigation 208
Navigation - Guidance 216
Trafc 220
Radio Media 222
Radio 228
DAB (Digital Audio Broadcasting) radio 230
Media 232
Settings 234
Connected services 242
MirrorLink
TM
242
CarPlay
®
246
Telephone 248
Frequentlyaskedquestions 256
The system is protected in such a way that it will only operate in
yourvehicle.
As a safety measure, the driver should only carry out operations
whichrequireprolongedattentionwhilethevehicleisstationary.
The display of an energy economy mode message signals that
electricalsystemsoperatingaregoingintostandby.
Refertotheenergyeconomymodesection.
Audio and Telematics
204
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
First steps
Use the buttons above the touch screen tablet
for access to the menu carousel, then press the
virtualbuttonsinthetouchscreentablet.
Each menu is displayed in one or two pages
(primarypageandsecondarypage).
Secondary pagePrimary page
In very hot conditions, the system may
go into stand-by (screen and sound
completely off) for a minimum period of
5minutes.
Audio and Telematics
205
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Volumeadjustment(eachsourceisindependent,
including traffic announcements (TA) and
navigationinstructions).
Mute the sound by pressing simultaneously on
thevolumeincreaseandreducebuttons.
Unmute the sound by pressing one of the
twovolumebuttons.
Press Menu to display the menu
carousel.
Increasevolume.
Reducevolume.
Selecting the audio source (depending on
version):
- "FM"/"DAB"*/"AM"*stations.
- "USB"memorystick.
- SmartphoneviaMirrorLink
TM
or CarPlay
®
.
- Telephone connected by Bluetooth
®
* and
Bluetooth
®
audiostreaming*.
- Media player connected to the auxiliary
socket(jack,cablenotsupplied).
*Dependingonequipment.
Short-cuts:usingthetouchbuttonsintheupper
band of the touch screen tablet, it is possible to
go directly to the selection of the audio source
or the list of stations (or titles, depending on the
source).
The screen is of the "resistive" type, it
is necessary to press firmly, particularly
for"flick"gestures(scrollingthrougha
list,movingthemap...).Asimplewipe
willnotbeenough.Pressingwithmore
thanonefingerisnotrecognised.
The screen can be used when wearing
gloves.Thistechnologyallowsuseat
alltemperatures.
In very high temperatures, the volume
maybelimitedtoprotectthesystem.
Thereturntonormaltakesplacewhen
the temperature in the passenger
compartmentdrops.
To clean the screen, use a soft
non-abrasive cloth (spectacles cloth)
withoutanyadditionalproduct.
Donotusepointedobjectsonthe
screen.
Do not touch the screen with wet
hands.
Audio and Telematics
206
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Steering mounted controls
Radio:selecttheprevious/next
presetstation.
Media:selectagenre/artist/folder
fromthelist.
Selecttheprevious/nextentryin
amenu.
Decreasevolume.
Radio:automaticsearchforahigher
frequency.
Media:Selectnexttrack.
Media,pressandhold:fastforward.
Jumpinthelist.
Mute:cutthesoundbypressing
the volume increase and decrease
buttonssimultaneously.
Restore the sound by pressing one of
thetwovolumebuttons.
Radio:automaticsearchforalower
frequency.
Media:selectprevioustrack.
Media,pressandhold:fastback.
Jumpinthelist.
Changetheaudiosource.
Confirmaselection.
Call/endcallonthetelephone.
Pressformorethan2seconds:
accesstothetelephonemenu.
Increasevolume.
Audio and Telematics
207
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Menus
Settings
Radio Media
Navigation
DrivingConnected services Telephone
Adjustthesettingsforsound(balance,
ambience,...),colourschemesandthedisplay
(language,units,date,time,...).
Select an audio source, a radio station, display
photographs.
Enter navigation settings and choose a
destination.
Accesstothetripcomputer.
Activate, deactivate or enter settings for certain
vehiclefunctions.
Operate certain applications on your
smartphoneviaMirrorLink
TM
or CarPlay
®
.
Connect a telephone by Bluetooth
®
.
Access to the CarPlay
®
function after
connectionofyoursmartphonebyUSBcable.
(Depending on equipment)
(Depending on equipment)
Audio and Telematics
208
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Navigation
Navigation Route settings
Audio and Telematics
209
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Navigation
Settings
Navigation
Enter destination Displayrecentdestinations.
Route settings
Fastest
Choosethenavigationcriteria.
The map displays the route chosen according to
thesecriteria.
Shortest
Time/distance
Ecological
Tolls
Ferries
Traffic
Strict-Close
Show route on map Displaythemapandstartnavigation.
Confirm Savetheoptions.
Save current location Savethecurrentaddress.
Stop navigation Deletethenavigationinformation.
Voice synthesis
Choose the volume for voice and announcement
ofstreetnames.
Diversion
Detour from your initial route by a determined
distance.
Navigation
Display in text mode
Zoomin.
Zoomout.
Displayinfullscreenmode.
Usethearrowstomovethemap.
Switchto2Dmap.
Audio and Telematics
210
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
To use the telephone functions,
refer to the "Telephone"section.
For managing contacts and
their addresses, refer to the
"Telephone"section.
Navigation
Address
Enter destination
Contacts
Audio and Telematics
211
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Navigation
Secondary page
Enter destination
Address
Currentloc.
Address settingsPoint of interest
Town center
Save Savethecurrentaddress.
Add waypoint Addawaypointtotheroute.
Navigate to Presstocalculatetheroute.
Contacts
Addresses
Selectacontactthencalculatetheroute.
View
Navigate to
Search for contact
Call
On the map
Display the map and zoom to view the
roads.
Itinerary
Create, add or delete a waypoint or view the
itinerary.
Stop Deletenavigationinformation.
Navigate to Presstocalculatetheroute.
Audio and Telematics
212
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Search for a point of interest
Navigation
Point of interest displayed on the map
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Audio and Telematics
213
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Navigation
Secondary page
Search for POI
All POIs
Listofcategoriesavailable.
After choosing the category, select the points of
interest.
Motor
Dining/hotels
Personal
Search Savethesettings.
Navigation
Secondary page
Show POIs
Select all
ChoosethedisplaysettingsforPOIs.Delete
Import POIs
Confirm Savetheoptions.
Audio and Telematics
214
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Moving
between
the two
menus.
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Traffic messages
Settings
Diversion
Map settings
Navigation
Map settings
Settings
Settings
Audio and Telematics
215
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Navigation
Secondary page
Traffic messages
On the route
Settings for the choice of messages and the
filterradius.
Around vehicle
Near destination
Detour
Detour over a distance
Recalculate route
Finish Saveyourselections.
Navigation
Secondary page
Map settings
Orientation
Flat view north heading
Choose the display and orientation of the
map.
Flat view vehicle heading
Perspective view
Maps
Aspect
"Day" map colour
"Night" map colour
Automaticday/night
Confirm Savethesettings.
Navigation
Secondary page
Settings
Route settings
Enter settings and choose the volume for the
voiceandannouncementofstreetnames.
Voice
Alarm!
Traffic options
Confirm Saveyourselections.
Audio and Telematics
216
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Navigation - Guidance
Choosing a new destination
Select "Enter destination".
Select "Save" to save the address
enteredasacontactentry.
Thesystemallowsupto200entries.
Select "Confirm".
Press on "Show route on map" to
startnavigation.
Select "Address".
Select the "Country:" from the
list offered, then in the same
way the "City:" or its post
code, the "Road:", the "N°:".
Confirmeachtime.
Select "Navigate to".
Choosetherestrictioncriteria:
"Tolls", "Ferries", "Traffic", "Strict",
"Close".
Choosethenavigationcriteria:
"Fastest" or "Shortest" or "Time/
distance" or "Ecological".
To delete navigation information,
press on "Settings".
Press on "Stop navigation".
To resume navigation press on
"Settings".
Press on "Resume guidance".
Press on Navigation to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Towards a new destination
Or
Audio and Telematics
217
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Towards a recent destination
Select "Enter destination".
Select an address from
thelistoffered.
Press on Navigation to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Navigate to".
Towards a contact
Select "Enter destination".
Select "Contacts".
Press on Navigation to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select a destination from
the contacts in the list
offered.
Select "Navigate to".
Select the criteria then "Confirm" to
startnavigation.
To be able to use navigation "towards
a contact in the directory", it is first
necessary to enter the address for your
contact.
Select the criteria then "Confirm" or
press "Show route on map" to start
navigation.
Audio and Telematics
218
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Towards GPS coordinates
Select "Enter destination".
Select "Address".
Enter the "Longitude:"
then the "Latitude:".
Select "Navigate to".
Select the criteria then "Confirm" or
press "Show route on map" to start
navigation.
Press on Navigation to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Towards a point on the map
Select "Enter destination".
Select "On the map".
Press on Navigation to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Zoominginonthemapshowspointswith
information.
Alongpressonapointopensitscontent.
Towards points of interest (POI)
Points of Interest (POI) are listed in different
categories.
Press on Navigation to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Search for POI".
Select "All POIs",
Or
"Motor",
Or
"Dining/hotels".
Audio and Telematics
219
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
An annual mapping update allows
new points of interest to be presented
toyou.
YoucanalsoupdatetheRiskareas/
Dangerareaseverymonth.
Thedetailedprocedureisavailableon:
http://citroen.navigation.com.
Audio and Telematics
220
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Risk areas / Danger zone
alert settings
Press on Navigation to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Settings".
Select "Alarm!"(Alert).
ItisthenpossibletoactivateRiskareasalerts
then:
- "Audible warning"
- "Alert only when navigating"
- "Alert only for overspeed"
- "Display speed limits"
- Timing:thechoiceoftimingallowsthe
timebeforegivingaRiskareasalerttobe
defined.
Select "Confirm".
This series of alerts and displays is
onlyavailableifRiskareashavefirst
been downloaded and installed on the
system.
Trafc
Traffic information
Display of messages
Press on Navigation to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Traffic messages".
Choosefiltersettingsfor:
"On the route",
"Around",
"Near destination", filters to fine-
tunethelistofmessages.
Pressagaintoremovethefilter.
Audio and Telematics
221
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Select the message from
thelistoffered.
Select the magnifying glass to have
voiceinformation.
Setting lters
Press on Navigation to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Settings".
Select "Traffic options".
Select:
- "Be advised of new messages",
- "Speak messages".
Thenenterthefilterradius.
Select "Confirm".
Werecommendafilterradiusof:
- 12miles(20km)inurbanareas,
- 30miles(50km)onmotorways.
TMC (Traffic Message Channel)
messages on GPS-Navigation contain
traffic information transmitted in real
time.
The TA (Traffic Announcement)
function gives priority to TA alert
messages.Tooperate,thisfunction
needs good reception of a radio station
transmittingthistypeofmessage.
When a traffic report is transmitted,
the current audio source is interrupted
automaticallytoplaytheTAmessage.
Normalplaybackoftheaudiosource
resumes at the end of the transmission
ofthemessage.
Receiving TA messages
Press on Navigation to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Settings".
Select "Voice".
Activate/Deactivate"Traffic
(TA)".
Audio and Telematics
222
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Radio Media
Level 1 Level 2
List of FM stations
Save
Audio and Telematics
223
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Comments
Radio Media
List
List of FM stations Pressonaradiostationtoselectit.
Radio Media
Source
FM Radio
Selectchangeofsource.
DAB Radio
AM Radio
USB
MirrorLink
CarPlay
iPod
Bluetooth
AUx
Radio Media
Save (preset)
PressanemptylocationtoSaveit.
Audio and Telematics
224
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Media
Photos
List of FM stations
Audio and Telematics
225
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Radio Media
Secondary page
Radio list
Save Pressaradiostationtoselectit.
Update list Updatethelistofstationsreceived.
Frequency Enterthedesiredradiofrequency.
Confirm Savethesettings.
Radio Media
Secondary page
Photos
Home screen Displaytheselectedphotointhehomepage.
Rotate Rotatethephoto90°.
Select all
Selectallthephotosinthelist.
Pressagaintodeselect.
Slideshow
Previousphoto.
Displaythephotosinsequence,full-screen.
Thesystemsupportsthefollowingimageformats:
.gif,.jpg,.bmp,.png.
Pause/Play.
Nextphoto.
Full screen Displaytheselectedphotofull-screen.
Audio and Telematics
226
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Media
Settings
Settings
Settings
Audio and Telematics
227
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Radio Media
Secondary page
Media list
Presentationofthelastmediaused.
Radio Media
Secondary page
Settings
Media
Settings
Shuffle
(alltracks)
Choosetheplaysettings.
Shuffle
(current album)
Repeat
Aux.amplification
Radio
Settings
RDS options
Activateordeactivatethesettings.
DAB/FMstationtracking
Display Radio Text
Digital radio slideshow
display
Announcements
Settings
Traffic announcements (TA)
Activateordeactivatethesettings.
News - Weather
Sport - Programm info
Flash - Unforeseen
events
Confirm Savethesettings.
Audio and Telematics
228
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Press on Radio Media to display the
primarypage.
Press on Radio Media to display the
primarypage.
Select "Save".
If necessary, select change of
source.
Press on Radio Media to display the
primarypage.
Selectchangesource.
"AM Radio".
By automatic frequency search
Select "FM Radio".
"AM Radio".
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Or
Select a preset radio station
inthelist.
Select "FM Radio".
Select a radio station from
thelistoffered.
Select "Update list" to refresh the
list.
Select "List"intheprimarypage.
Press on Radio Media to display the
primarypage.
Radio
Changing a radio frequencySelecting a station
THEN
Radio reception may be affected by
the use of electrical equipment not
approved by CITROËN, such as a USB
chargerconnectedtothe12Vsocket.
The exterior environment (hills,
buildings,tunnel,carpark,below
ground...)maypreventreception,
eveninRDSstationtrackingmode.
This phenomenon is normal in the
propagation of radio waves and is in no
way indicative of a fault with the audio
system.
Select "Radio list" in the secondary
page.
Or
Press 3 or 4 to move the cursor for an
automatic search down or up for a radio
frequency.
Or
Toselectapresetradiostation.
Audio and Telematics
229
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Select a radio station or frequency (refer to the
correspondingsection).
Press on Radio Media to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Settings".
Select "Radio".
Activate/deactivate"RDS
options".
Press on Radio Media to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Press on "Save"(preset).
Select a number in the list to preset the
previouslychosenradiostation.
A long press on a number saves (presets) the
station.
Press on Frequency.
Enter the frequency in full
(e.g.:92.10MHz)usingthekeypad
then "Confirm".
Changing radio station
Pressing the name of the current radio station
bringsupalist.
To change radio station press the name of the
desiredstation.
Or
Press on Radio Media to display the
primarypage.
Select "Save"(preset).
Presetting a station Activating / Deactivating RDS
OR
THEN
A press on this button presets all of
thestationsoneaftertheother.
Recalling preset stations
RDS, if activated, allows you to continue
listening to the same station by automatic
retuningtoalternativefrequencies.
However, in certain conditions, coverage
of an RDS station may not be assured
throughout the entire country as radio
stations do not cover 100 % of the
territory.Thisexplainsthelossof
receptionofthestationduringajourney.
Audio and Telematics
230
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Displayofoptions:
if active but not available, the display will be greyed out,
ifactiveandavailable,thedisplaywillbeblank.
Display of "Radiotext" for
thecurrentstation.
Selecttheaudiosource.
Displaythe"DAB"band.
Display of the name of the
currentstation.
Short-cut:accesstothechoiceofaudio
source and the list of stations (or titles,
dependingonthesource). Selecttheradiostation.
Any thumbnail broadcast by
thestation.
Preset stations, buttons 1
to15.
Shortpress:selectthe
presetradiostation.
Longpress:presetaradio
station.
Next"Multiplex".
Nextradiostation.
Secondarypage.
Display the name and
number of the "multiplex"
servicebeingused.
Previous"Multiplex".
Previousradiostation.
DAB (Digital Audio Broadcasting) radio
If the "DAB" radio station being listened to is not
availableon"FM",the"DABFM"optionisgreyedout.
Journaline
®
isatext-basedinformationservicedesignedfordigitalradiosystems.
Itprovidestext-basedinformationstructuredaroundtopicsandsub-topics.
Thisserviceisavailablefromthe"LISTOFDABSTATIONS"page.
Audio and Telematics
231
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Selectchangeofsource.
Press on Radio Media to display the
primarypage.
Select "DAB Radio".
Select "List"intheprimarypage.
Selecttheradiostationfromthelistoffered.
Press on Radio Media to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Settings".
Select "Radio".
Select "Digital/FM auto
tracking" then "Confirm".
DAB / FM auto trackingDigital radio
"DAB" does not cover 100% of the
territory.
When the digital radio signal is poor,
"DAB/FMstationtracking"allowsyouto
continue listening to the same station,
by automatically switching to the
corresponding "FM" analogue station
(ifthereisone).
If"DAB/FMstationtracking"is
activated, there is a difference of a
few seconds when the system switches
to "FM" analogue radio with sometimes
avariationinvolume.
When the digital signal is restored,
thesystemautomaticallychangesback
to"DAB".
Digital radio provides higher quality
reception and also the graphical display
of current information on the radio
stationbeinglistenedto.Select"List"in
theprimarypage.
The range of multiplexes available is
displayedinalphabeticalorder.
If the "DAB" station being listened to
is not available on "FM" ("DAB/FM"
optiongreyedout),or"DAB/FMstation
tracking"isnotactivated,thesound
will cut out while the digital signal is too
weak.
or
Select "Radio list" in the secondary
page.
Audio and Telematics
232
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
The audio system will only play audio files
with".wma,.aac,.flac,.oggand.mp3"file
extensions and with a bit rate of between
32Kbpsand320Kbps.
ItalsosupportsVBR(VariableBitRate)mode.
Noothertypeoffile(.mp4,...)canbeplayed.
".wma"filesmustbeofthestandardwma9type.
The sampling rates supported are 32, 44 and
48KHz.
Information and advice
Media
USB port
Selection of source
The steering mounted SRC (source)
button can be used to go to the next
media source, available if the source
isactive.
Selectchangeofsource.
Press on Radio Media to display the
primarypage.
The system builds playlists (in temporary
memory),anoperationwhichcantakefrom
a few seconds to several minutes at the first
connection.
Reduce the number of non-music files and the
numberoffolderstoreducethewaitingtime.
The playlists are updated every time the
ignition is switched off or on connection of a
USBmemorystick.Thelistsarememorised:if
they are not modified, the subsequent loading
timewillbeshorter.
InserttheUSBmemorystickintotheUSBport
or connect the USB device to the USB port
usingasuitablecable(notsupplied).
Auxiliary socket (AUx)
Connect the portable device (MP3 player…) to
theauxiliaryJacksocketusinganaudiocable
(notsupplied).
This source is only available if the "Auxiliary
socket"optionhasbeenactivatedinthe
"Media"settings.
Firstadjustthevolumeofyourportabledevice
(toahighlevel).Thenadjustthevolumeofyour
audiosystem.
Display and management of the controls are
viatheportabledevice.
Choosethesource.
To protect the system, do not use a
USBhub.
Audio and Telematics
233
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
It is advisable to restrict file names to
20 characters, without using special characters
(e.g.""?;ù)toavoidanyplayingand
displayingproblems.
UseonlyUSBmemorysticksformattedFAT32
(fileallocationtable).
The system supports USB mass
storageportableplayers,BlackBerry
®
devices or Apple
®
players via USB
ports.Theadaptorcableisnot
supplied.
Control of the peripheral device is with
theaudiosystemcontrols.
Other peripheral devices, not
recognised by the system on
connection, must be connected to the
auxiliarysocketusingaJackcable(not
supplied).
It is recommended that the USB cable
fortheportabledeviceisused.
To protect the system, do not use a
USBhub.
Bluetooth
®
audio streaming
Streaming allows audio files on your telephone
tobeplayedthroughthevehicle'sspeakers.
Connectthetelephone:seethe"Telephone"
section, then "Bluetooth".
Choose the "Audio" or "All"profile.
If play does not start automatically, it may be
necessarytostarttheaudioplaybackfromthe
telephone.
Control is from the peripheral device or by
usingtheaudiosystembuttons.
Once connected in streaming mode,
the telephone is considered to be a
mediasource.
It is recommended that you activate
"Repeat" on the Bluetooth
®
peripheral.
Connecting Apple
®
players
Connect the Apple
®
player to the USB port
usingasuitablecable(notsupplied).
Playstartsautomatically.
Controlisviatheaudiosystem.
The classifications available are those
of the portable device connected
(artists/albums/genres/playlists/
audiobooks/podcasts).
The default classification used is by
artist.Tomodifytheclassificationused,
return to the first level of the menu
then select the desired classification
(playlists for example) and confirm
to go down through the menu to the
desiredtrack.
The version of software in the audio system
may not be compatible with the generation of
your Apple
®
player.
Audio and Telematics
234
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1
Settings
Level 2
Audio settings
Choice of color scheme
Audio settings
Audio settings
Audio and Telematics
235
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Comments
Settings
Audio settings
Ambience Choosethesoundambience.
Balance SounddistributionusingtheArkamys
®
system.
Sound effects
Setthevolumeoractivatethelinktovehicle
speed.
Ringtones Setthetelephoneringtoneandvolume.
Voice
Setthevolumeandvoiceforspeakingstreet
names
Confirm Saveyoursettings.
Settings
Turn off screen
Functionthatturnsoffthedisplay.
Pressingthescreenreactivatesit.
Settings
Color schemes
Confirm
Choose the color scheme, then confirm to save
thesetting.
Audio and Telematics
236
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Units
Display screen
Configuration
Adjust date and time
Factory settings
Level 1 Level 2
Audio and Telematics
237
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Comments
Settings
Secondary page
System Settings
Units
Set the units used to display distance, fuel
consumptionandtemperature.
Delete data
Select the desired data in the list then press
Delete.
Factory settings Returntofactorysettings.
Confirm Savethesettings.
Settings
Secondary page
Time/Date
Confirm Setthedateandtimethenconfirm.
Settings
Secondary page
Screen settings
Activate automatic text scrolling
Activateordeactivatethesettingthenconfirm.Activate animations
Confirm
Audio and Telematics
238
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Choice of language
CalculatorConfiguration
Calendar
Level 1 Level 2
Audio and Telematics
239
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Comments
Settings
Secondary page
Languages
Confirm Selectthelanguagethenconfirm.
Settings
Secondary page
Calculator
Selectthecalculator.
Settings
Secondary page
Calendar
Selectthecalendar.
Audio and Telematics
240
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Audio settings
Press on Settings to display the
primarypage.
Select "Audio settings".
Select "Ambience"
Or
"Balance"
Or
"Sound effects"
Or
"Ringtones"
Or
"Voice".
On-boardaudio:Arkamys
©
Sound
Staging optimises sound distribution in
thepassengercompartment.
At each change of color scheme the
systemrestarts,showingablack
screenforafewmoments.
The distribution (or spatialisation using
theArkamys
®
system) of sound is an
audio process that allows the audio
quality to be adapted to the number of
passengersinthevehicle.
Availableonlywiththe6-speaker
configuration.
As a safety measure, the procedure
for changing the color scheme is only
possiblewiththevehiclestationary.
The audio settings (Ambience, Bass:,
Treble: and Loudness) are different
and independent for each sound
source.
The settings for Distribution and
Balancearecommontoallsources.
- "Ambience" (choice of 6 musical
ambiences)
- "Bass:"
- "Treble:"
- "Loudness"(Activate/Deactivate)
- "Distribution" ("Driver", "All
passengers", "Front only")
- "Audible response from touch
screen"
- "Volume linked to speed"
(Activate/Deactivate)
Color schemes
Press on Settings to display the
primarypage.
Select "Color schemes".
Select the color scheme in the list
then "Confirm".
Audio and Telematics
241
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Press on Settings to display the
primarypage.
Press on Settings to display the
primarypage.
Press on Settings to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage. Press on the secondary pagePressonthesecondarypage.
Select "System Settings". Select "Time/Date" to change the
time zone, synchronisation with GPS,
thetimeanditsformat,thenthedate.
Select "Screen settings".
Select "Units" to change the units
of distance, fuel consumption and
temperature.
Select "Languages" to change
language.
Activate or deactivate "Activate
automatic text scrolling" and
"Activate animations".
Select "Delete data" to delete the
list of recent destinations, personal
pointsofinterest,contactsinthelist.
Select "Calculator" to display a
calculator.
Choose the item then select "Delete".
Select "Calendar" to display a
calendar.
Select "Factory settings" to return
totheoriginalsettings.
Modifying system settings
The system does not manage changes
between summer time and winter time
automatically(accordingtocountry).
Audio and Telematics
242
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
MirrorLink
TM
Optional depending on the
smartphoneandoperatingsystem.
Connected services
Audio and Telematics
243
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
As a safety measure and because it
requires sustained attention by the
driver, using a smartphone when
drivingisprohibited.
All operations must be done with the
vehicle stationary.
The synchronisation of a
smartphone allows applications on a
smartphone that are adapted to the
MirrorLink
TM
technology to be displayed
inthevehicle'sscreen.
The principles and standards
areconstantlyevolving.Forthe
communication process between the
smartphoneandthesystemtowork
correctly, the smartphone must be
unlocked;updatetheoperatingsystem
of your smartphone as well as the date
and time in the smartphone and the
system.
For the list of eligible smartphones,
connect to the brand's internet website
inyourcountry.
As a safety measure, applications
can only be viewed with the vehicle
stationary; display is interrupted once
thevehicleismoving.
When connecting a smartphone to the
system, it is recommended that Bluetooth
®
bestartedonthesmartphone.
Start the application on the
smartphone (optional, depending
on the smartphone and operating
system).
Access to the different audio sources remains
accessibleinthemarginoftheMirrorLink
TM
display,usingtouchbuttonsintheupperbar.
Access to the menus for the system is possible
atanytimeusingthededicatedbuttons.
During the procedure, several screen
pages relating to certain functions
aredisplayed.
Accept to start and end the
connection.
ConnectaUSBcable.The
smartphone charges when
connectedbyaUSBcable.
Press on "MirrorLink
TM
" to
start the application in the
system.
Once connection is established, an page
is displayed with the applications already
downloaded to your smartphone and adapted
toMirrorLink
TM
technology.
If only one application has been downloaded to
thesmartphone,itstartsautomatically.
MirrorLink
TM
smartphone
connection
Presstheendofthelightingcontrolstalkto
start voice recognition of your smartphone via
thesystem.
Voice recognition requires a compatible
smartphone connected to the vehicle by
Bluetooth
®
.
Voice recognition
Pleasenote:
- if your smartphone is supported, to
makeit"MirrorLink
TM
" compatible,
some phone manufacturers
nevertheless invite you to first
downloadadedicatedapplication.
From the system, press on
"Connected services" to display the
primarypage.
Audio and Telematics
244
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Audio and Telematics
245
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Connected
services
MirrorLink
TM
Access or return to the applications already
downloaded to your smartphone and adapted to
MirrorLink
TM
technology.
Access to a menu list depending on the
applicationchosen.
"Back":abandonthecurrentoperation,goupone
level.
"Home":accessorreturntothe"Carmode"page.
Access to the "Connected services" primary
page.
Audio and Telematics
246
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
CarPlay
®
Audio and Telematics
247
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
As a safety measure and because it
requires sustained attention by the
driver, using a smartphone when
drivingisprohibited.
All operations must be done with the
vehicle stationary.
As a safety measure, applications
can only be viewed with the vehicle
stationary; display is interrupted once
thevehicleismoving.
The synchronisation of a
smartphone allows applications on a
smartphone that are adapted to the
CarPlay
®
technology to be displayed on
thevehicle'sscreen.
As the principles and standards are
constantly evolving, it is recommended
that you update the operating system of
yoursmartphone.
For the list of eligible smartphones,
connect to the brand's internet website
inyourcountry.
On connecting the USB cable, the
"Telephone" function changes to
"CarPlay"inthemenucarousel.
Press on "CarPlay" to display the
CarPlay
®
interface.
Press on "CarPlay" to display the
CarPlay
®
interface.
ConnectaUSBcable.The
smartphone charges when
connectedbyaUSBcable.
Presstheendofthelightingcontrolstalkto
start voice recognition of your smartphone via
thesystem.
CarPlay
®
smartphone
connection
During the procedure, one or more
screen pages relating to certain
functionsaredisplayedonconnection.
From the system, press on
"Connected services" to display the
primarypage.
ConnecttheUSBcable.The
smartphone is charged while
connectedbytheUSBcable.
Or
Voice recognition
When the telephone menu is displayed,
connection of the USB cable causes the
display to automatically change to CarPlay
mode.
When another menu is displayed, on
connection of a USB cable a message is
displayed in the upper bar, indicating that
CarPlaymodehasbeenactivated.
PressOpentodisplayCarPlaymode.
Audio and Telematics
248
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1
Telephone
Level 2 Level 3
Contacts
Call log
Audio and Telematics
249
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Telephone
Call log
All calls
Aftermakingchoices,startthecall.
Incoming calls
Outgoing calls
Contacts
Magnifying glass
View
Create
Call
Telephone
Contacts
Addresses
Aftermakingchoices,startthecall.
View
Create
Modify
Delete
Delete all
By name
Confirm
Navigate to
Search for contact
Call
Audio and Telematics
250
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Bluetooth (devices)
Telephone Options
Devices detected
Telephone connection
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Audio and Telematics
251
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Telephone
connection
Secondary page
Bluetooth
connection
Search
Start the search for another peripheral device to
connect.
Connect / Disconnect
Start or stop the Bluetooth
®
connection to the
selectedperipheraldevice.
Update
Import the contacts from the selected telephone
tostorethemintheaudiosystem.
Delete Deletetheselectedtelephone.
Confirm Savethesettings.
Telephone
connection
Secondary page
Search
for devices
Devices detected
Telephone
Startthesearchforperipheraldevices.Audio streaming
Internet
Telephone
connection
Secondary page
Telephone Options
Put on hold
Cut the microphone temporarily so that the
contact cannot hear your conversation with a
passenger.
Update
Import the contacts from the selected telephone
tosavethenintheaudiosystem.
Ringtones Choosethetelephoneringtoneandvolume.
Memory info.
Contact records used and free, percentage of
storage space used by internal contacts and
Bluetooth
®
contacts.
Confirm Savethesettings.
Audio and Telematics
252
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Pairing a Bluetooth
®
telephone
For reasons of safety and because they
require prolonged attention on the part
of the driver, the operations for pairing
the Bluetooth
®
mobile telephone to the
hands-free system of the audio system
must be carried out with the vehicle
stationary.
Procedure (short) from the
telephone
In the Bluetooth
®
menu of your device, select
thesystemnameinthelistofdevicesdetected.
Enter a code of at least 4 figures in the device
andconfirm.
Enter this same code in the system,
select "OK"andconfirm.
Procedure from the system
Activate the telephone's Bluetooth
®
function
and ensure that it is "visible to all" (telephone
configuration).
Press on Telephone to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Bluetooth connection".
Select "Search for devices".
The list of telephones detected is
displayed.
If the telephone is not detected, it is
recommended that you switch the Bluetooth
®
functiononyourtelephoneoffandthenonagain.
Select the name of the
desired peripheral from the
list and "Confirm".
Enter a code of at least 4 figures for
the connection then "Confirm".
Enter this same code in the telephone then
accepttheconnection.
Thesystemofferstoconnectthetelephone:
- in "Telephone"(hands-freekit,telephone
only),
- in "Audio streaming"(streaming:wireless
playing of audio files from the telephone),
- in "Internet" (internet browsing, only if your
telephone is compatible with the "DUN"
Dial-UpNetworkingBluetooth
®
standard).
Selectoneormoreprofilesandconfirm.
Audio and Telematics
253
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
The services available depend
onthenetwork,theSIMcardand
the compatibility of the Bluetooth
®
telephoneused.Checkthetelephone
manualandwithyournetworkprovider
for details of the services available
toyou.
The ability of the system to connect
with only one profile depends on the
telephone.Thethreeprofilesmayall
connectbydefault.
Visitwww.citroen.co.ukformoreinformation
(compatibility,additionalhelp,...).
The recognised telephone
appearsinthelist.
Depending on your telephone, you may be
askedtoacceptautomaticconnectionevery
timetheignitionisswitchedon.
On return to the vehicle, if the last telephone
connected is present again, it is reconnected
automatically and within around 30 seconds
after switching on the ignition the pairing is
done without any action on your part, with
(Bluetooth
®
activated).
To modify the automatic connection mode,
select the telephone in the list then select the
desiredprofile.
Depending on the type of telephone,
thesystemwillaskyoutoacceptornot
thetransferofyourcontacts.
If not, select "Update".
Connecting a Bluetooth
®
peripheral device
Automatic reconnection
On switching on the ignition, the telephone
connected when the ignition was last switched
off is automatically reconnected, if this
connection mode had been activated during the
pairingprocedure.
The connection is confirmed by the display of a
messageandthenameofthetelephone.
Manual connection
Press on Telephone to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Bluetooth" to display the list
ofpairedperipherals.
Selecttheperipheraltoconnect.
Press on "Search for devices".
The connection is confirmed by the display of a
messageandthenameofthetelephone.
Audio and Telematics
254
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Managing paired
telephones
This function allows the connection or
disconnection of a peripheral device as
wellasthedeletionofapairing.
Using the telephone is not
recommendedwhiledriving.
Parkthevehicle.
Makethecallusingthesteering
mountedcontrols.
Press on Telephone to display the
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Bluetooth" to display the list
ofpairedperipheraldevices.
Selecttheperipheralinthelist.
Select "Search for devices"
Or
"Connect / Disconnect" to start or
end the Bluetooth connection with
theselecteddevice.
Or
"Delete"todeletethepairing.
Receiving a call
An incoming call is announced by a ring and a
superimposeddisplayinthescreen.
Makeashortpressonthesteering
mounted TEL button to accept an
incomingcall.
Makealongpress
on the steering mounted TEL button
torejectthecall.
Or
Select "End call".
Making a call
Calling a new number
Press on Telephone to display the
primarypage.
Enter the phone number using the
digitalkeypad.
Press "Call"tostartthecall.
Calling a contact
Press on Telephone to display the
primarypage.
Ormakealongpress
on the steering mounted TELbutton.
Audio and Telematics
255
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Select "Contacts".
Selectthedesiredcontactfromthelistoffered.
Select "Call".
Calling a recently used number
Press on Telephone to display the
primarypage.
Select "Call log".
Selectthedesiredcontactfromthelistoffered.
Itisalwayspossibletomakeacall
directlyfromthetelephone;parkthe
vehiclefirstasasafetymeasure.
Managing contacts / entries
Press on Telephone to display the
primarypage.
Select "Contacts".
Select "View".
Select "Create" to add a new contact,
observingthe"internationalformat".
Or
"Modify"toedittheselectedcontact.
Or
"Delete" to delete the selected
contact.
Or
"Delete all" to delete all information
fortheselectedcontact.
Select "By name" to view the list of
contacts.
Audio and Telematics
256
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Thetablebelowgivesanswerstothemostfrequentlyaskedquestionsonyouraudiosystem.
Frequentlyaskedquestions
Navigation
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
The route calculation is not
successful.
The navigation settings may conflict with the current location
(exclusionoftollroadsonatollmotorway).
Checkthesettingsinthe"Navigation"menu.
ThePOIsdonotappear. ThePOIshavenotbeenselected. SelectthePOIsinthelistofPOIs.
TheRiskareasaudible
warningdoesnotwork.
Theaudiblewarningisnotactive. Activate audible warnings in the "Navigation"
menu.
The system does not
suggest a detour around an
incidentontheroute.
TheguidancecriteriadonottakeaccountofTMCmessages. Select the "Information" function in the list of
guidancecriteria.
IreceiveaRiskareasalert
whichisnotonmyroute.
Otherthanguidance,thesystemannouncesallRiskareas
positionedinaconelocatedinfrontofthevehicle.Itmayprovidean
alertforRiskareaslocatedonnearbyorparallelroads.
Zoominonthemaptoviewtheexactpositionof
theRiskareas.Select"Ontheroute"tonolonger
receive alerts other than guidance or to reduce
thetimefortheannouncement.
Audio and Telematics
257
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
Certaintrafficjamsalong
the route are not indicated
inrealtime.
On starting, it is several minutes before the system begins to receive
thetrafficinformation.
Wait until the traffic information is being received
correctly (display of the traffic information icons
onthemap).
Thefiltersaretoorestrictive. Modifythesettings.
Incertaincountries,onlymajorroutes(motorways...)arelistedfor
thetrafficinformation.
Thisphenomenonisnormal.Thesystemis
dependentonthetrafficinformationavailable.
The altitude is not
displayed.
Onstarting,theinitialisationoftheGPSmaytakeupto3minutesto
receivemorethan4satellitescorrectly.
Wait until the system has completed starting
up, so that there is GPS coverage of at least
4satellites.
Dependingonthegeographicalenvironment(tunnel...)orthe
weather,theconditionsofreceptionoftheGPSsignalmayvary.
Thisphenomenonisnormal.Thesystem
is dependent on the GPS signal reception
conditions.
Audio and Telematics
258
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Radio
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
The quality of reception of
the radio station listened
to gradually deteriorates
or the stored stations do
not function (no sound,
87.5Mhzisdisplayed...).
The vehicle is too far from the transmitter used by the station
listened to or there is no transmitter in the geographical area
throughwhichthevehicleistravelling.
Activate the "RDS" function by means of the
short-cutmenutoenablethesystemtocheck
whether there is a more powerful transmitter in
thegeographicalarea.
Theenvironment(hills,buildings,tunnels,basementcarparks...)
blockreception,includinginRDSmode.
This phenomenon is normal and does not indicate
afaultwiththeaudiosystem.
The aerial is absent or has been damaged (for example when going
throughacarwashorintoanundergroundcarpark).
HavetheaerialcheckedbyaCITROËNdealer.
I cannot find some radio
stations in the list of
stationsreceived.
Thestationisnotreceivedoritsnamehaschangedinthelist. Press on the "Update list" function in the system
toupdatethelistofstationsreceived.
Some radio stations send other information in place of their name
(thetitleofthesongforexample).
Thesysteminterpretsthisinformationasthenameofthestation.
The name of the radio
stationchanges.
Audio and Telematics
259
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Media
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
PlaybackofmyUSB
memorystickstartsonly
after a very long wait
(around2to3minutes).
Somefilessuppliedwiththememorystickmaygreatlyslowdown
accesstoreadingthememorystick(multiplicationby10ofthe
cataloguetime).
Deletethefilessuppliedwiththememorystick
and limit the number of sub-folders in the file
structureonthememorystick.
When I connect my iPhone
as telephone and to the
USB port at the same time,
I am unable to play the
musicfiles.
When the iPhone connects automatically as a telephone, it forces
thestreamingfunction.Thestreamingfunctiontakestheplaceof
the USB function which is then not useable, there is a period without
soundofthetrackbeingplayedwithApple
®
players.
Disconnect and reconnect to the USB port (the
USBfunctiontakespriorityoverstreaming).
Some characters in the
media information are not
displayed correctly while
playing.
Theaudiosystemdoesnotdisplaysometypesofcharacters. Usestandardcharacterstonametracksand
folders.
Playing of streaming files
doesnotstart.
Theperipheraldeviceconnecteddoesnotsupportautomaticplay. Starttheplaybackfromthedevice.
Thenamesoftracksand
thetracklengtharenot
displayed on the screen
whenstreamingaudio.
TheBluetoothprofiledoesnotallowthetransferofthisinformation.
Audio and Telematics
260
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
In changing the setting
of treble and bass the
equalizer setting is
deselected.
Theselectionofanequalizersettingimposesthebalancesettings.
Modifyingonewithouttheotherisnotpossible.
Modify the balance or equalizer settings to obtain
thedesiredmusicalambience.
In changing the equalizer
setting, treble and bass
returntozero.
When changing the
balance settings, the
distribution setting is
deselected.
Theselectionofadistributionsettingimposesthebalancesettings.
Modifyingonewithouttheotherisnotpossible.
Modify the balance or distribution settings to
obtainthedesiredmusicalambience.
When changing a sound
distribution setting,
the balance setting is
deselected.
When I select the "All
passengers" mode, the
distribution is not as I
wouldlike.
Thechoiceofan"Allpassengers"distributioncanbeprogrammed. Modify the distribution setting using the slider on
thetouchscreen.
Settings
Audio and Telematics
261
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
There is a difference in
sound quality between the
differentaudiosources.
Foroptimumsoundquality,theaudiosettingsforVolume:,Bass:,
Treble:,AmbienceandLoudnesscanbeadaptedtothedifferent
sound sources, which may result in audible differences when
changingsource.
Checkthattheaudiosettingsfor(Volume:,Bass:,
Treble:,Ambience,Loudness)areadaptedtothe
sourceslistenedto.Itisadvisabletosettheaudio
functions(Bass:,Treble:,Balance)tothemiddle
position, select the "None" musical ambience
and set the loudness correction to the "Inactive"
positioninradiomode.
With the engine off, the
system switches off after a
fewminutesofuse.
When the engine is switched off, the system's operating time
dependsonthestateofchargeofthebattery.
Theswitch-offisnormal:thesystemswitchestoeconomymodeand
switchesofftopreventdischargingofthevehicle'sbattery.
Start the vehicle's engine to increase the battery
charge.
Audio and Telematics
262
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
I cannot connect my
Bluetoothtelephone.
The telephone's Bluetooth function may be switched off or the
telephonemaynotbevisible.
Checkthatyourtelephone'sBluetoothfunctionis
switchedon.
Checkinthetelephonesettingsthatitis"Visible
toall".
TheBluetoothtelephoneisnotcompatiblewiththesystem. Youcancheckthecompatibilityofyourtelephone
atwww.citroen.co.uk(services).
The volume of the
telephone connected
in Bluetooth mode is
inaudible.
Thevolumedependsbothonthesystemandonthetelephone. Increase the volume of the audio system, to
maximum if required, and increase the volume of
thetelephoneifnecessary.
The ambient noise level has an influence on the quality of telephone
communication.
Reduce the ambient noise level (close the
windows, reduce the booster fan speed, slow
down...).
Some contacts are
duplicatedinthelist.
The options for synchronizing contacts are synchronizing the
contactsontheSIMcard,thecontactsonthetelephone,orboth.
When both synchronizations are selected, some contacts may be
duplicated.
Select "Display SIM card contacts" or "Display
telephonecontacts".
Contacts are not shown in
alphabeticalorder.
Sometelephonesofferdisplayoptions.Dependingonthesettings
chosen,contactscanbetransferredinaspecificorder.
Modify the display setting in the telephone
directory.
The system does not receive
SMStextmessages.
The Bluetooth mode does not permit sending SMS text messages to
thesystem.
Telephone
Audio and Telematics
263
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10a_SMEGplus_ed02-2016
Audio and Telematics
265
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
Audio system
Audio system / Bluetooth
®
Contents
First steps 266
Steeringmountedcontrols 267
Menus 268
Radio 268
Media 270
Telephone 274
Screenmenumap(s) 276
Frequentlyaskedquestions 280
Your Audio system is coded in such a way that it will only operate
inyourvehicle.
As a safety measure, the driver must only carry out operations
whichrequireprolongedattentionwhilethevehicleisstationary.
When the engine is switched off and to prevent discharging of the
battery,theaudioequipmentmayswitchoffafterafewminutes.
Audio and Telematics
266
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
First steps
*Availableaccordingtoversion.
On/Off,volumesetting.
Selectsource:
Radio;USB;AUX;CD;Streaming.
Displaythelistoflocalstations.
Longpress:CDtracksorMP3folders
(CD/USB).
Selectthescreendisplaymode:
Date, audio functions, trip computer,
telephone.
Audiosettings:
Front/rearfader,left/rightbalance,
bass/treble,loudness,audio
ambiences.
The DARK button changes the
screen display for improved driving
comfortatnight.
1
st
press:upperbaronlyilluminated.
2
nd
press:blackscreen.
3
rd
press:returntostandarddisplay.
Select next frequency
down/up.
Selectprevious/nextMP3
folder.
Selectprevious/nextfolder/genre/
artist/playlist(USB).
Abandonthecurrentoperation.
Confirm.
Buttons 1 to 6
Selectapre-setradiostation.
Longpress:pre-setastation.
Automatic frequency search
down/up.
Selectprevious/nextCD,MP3or
USBtrack.
EjectCD.
Displaymainmenu.
TA (Traffic Announcements)
on/off.
Longpress:PTY*(radioProgramme
TYpe).
SelectAM/FMwavebands.
Audio and Telematics
267
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
Steering mounted controls
Radio:selecttheprevious/nextpre-
setstation.
USB:selectgenre/artist/folder
fromtheclassificationlist.
Selecttheprevious/nextitemina
menu.
Volumedecrease.
Radio:automaticsearchforahigher
frequency.
CD/MP3/USB:selectthenext
track.
CD/USB:continuouspress:fast
forward.
Moveinthelist.
Mute:pressthevolumeincrease
and decrease buttons
simultaneously.
The sound is restored by pressing
oneofthetwovolumebuttons.
Radio:automaticsearchforalower
frequency.
CD/MP3/USB:selecttheprevious
track.
CD/USB:continuouspress:rewind.
Moveinthelist.
Changeaudiosource.
Confirmaselection.
Call/endcallonthetelephone.
Pressformorethan2seconds:
telephonemainmenu.
Volumeincrease.
Audio and Telematics
268
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
Menus
Screen C
Audio functions
Radio;CD;USB;AUX.
Trip computer
Enter distances; Alerts; State of
functions.
Bluetooth
®
: Telephone - Audio
Pairing;Hands-freekit;Streaming.
Personalisation-configuration
Vehicle parameters; Display;
Languages.
For an overview of the menus available,
refer to the "Screen menu map"
section.
Screen A
Radio
Selecting a station
Press the SOURCE button several
times in succession and select the
radio.
Press the BAND AST button to
selectawaveband.
Briefly press one of the buttons to
carry out an automatic search of the
radiostations.
Press one of the buttons to carry out
amanualsearchup/downforradio
frequencies.
Press the LIST REFRESH button to
display the list of stations received
locally(30stationsmaximum).
To update this list, press for more
thantwoseconds.
Audio and Telematics
269
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
RDS
The external environment (hills,
buildings, tunnels, basement car
parks,...)mayblockreception,
includinginRDSmode.Thisisa
normal effect of the way in which radio
waves are transmitted and does not
indicateanyfailureoftheaudiosystem.
Press the MENUbutton.
Select "Audio functions".
Press OK.
Select the "FM waveband
preferences"function.
Press OK.
Select "Activate RDS".
Press OK, RDS is displayed in the
screen.
In "Radio" mode, press OKdirectlytoactivate/
deactivateRDSmode.
RDS, if displayed, enables you to continue
listening to the same station by automatic
retuningtoalternativefrequencies.
However, in certain conditions, coverage
of an RDS station may not be assured
throughout the country as radio stations
donotcover100%oftheterritory.This
explains the loss of reception of a station
thatcanoccurduringajourney.
Receiving TA messages
Press the TA button to activate or
deactivatetrafficmessages.
The TA (Traffic Announcement)
function gives priority to TA alert
messages.Tooperate,thisfunction
needs good reception of a radio station
transmittingthistypeofmessage.
When a traffic report is transmitted, the
currentaudiosource(Radio,CD,...)
is interrupted automatically to play the
TAmessage.Normalplaybackofthe
audio source resumes at the end of the
transmissionofthemessage.
Audio and Telematics
270
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
Media
USB port
This unit consists of a USB port
andanauxiliaryJacksocket,
dependingonmodel.
InsertaUSBmemorystickintotheUSBport
or connect a USB peripheral device to the USB
portusingasuitablecable(notsupplied).
The system creates playlists
(temporarymemory),whichcantake
from a few seconds to several minutes
onthefirstconnection.
Reducing the number of non-music
files and the number of folders reduces
thiswaitingtime.Playlistsareupdated
every time the ignition is switched off or
aUSBmemorystickisconnected.
Thelistsarememorised:ifthelistsare
not changed, the subsequent loading
timeisreduced.
Press and hold REFRESH LIST to
displaythedifferentclassifications.
Select by "Folder"/"Artist"/
"Genre"/"Playlist".
Press OK to select the classification
required, then press OK again to
confirm.
Press REFRESH LIST briefly to
display the previously selected
classification.
Navigate through the list using the
left/rightandup/downbuttons.
Confirm the selection by pressing
OK.
Press one of these buttons to gain
accesstotheprevious/nexttrackin
thelist.
Press and hold one of the buttons for
fastforwardorrewind.
Press one of these buttons to
gainaccesstotheprevious/next
"Folder"/"Artist"/"Genre"/
"Playlist"inthelist.
To protect the system, do not use a
USBhub.
Audio and Telematics
271
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
Auxiliary socket (AUx)
Connect the portable device (MP3 player, …) to
theauxiliaryJacksocketusinganaudiocable
(notsupplied).
Press the SOURCE button several
times in succession and select AUx.
Firstadjustthevolumeonyourportabledevice
(toahighlevel).Thenadjustthevolumeon
youraudiosystem.Operationofcontrolsisvia
theportabledevice.
Do not connect a device to both the
JackauxiliarysocketandtheUSBport
atthesametime.
CD player
Insertcircularcompactdiscsonly.
Some anti-pirating systems, on original discs
or CDs copied using a personal recorder, may
cause faults which are no reflection on the
qualityofthevehicle'splayer.
Insert a CD in the player, play begins
automatically.
To play a disc which has already
been inserted, press the SOURCE
button several times in succession
and select CD.
Press one of the buttons to select a
trackontheCD.
Press the LIST REFRESH button to
displaythelistoftracksontheCD.
Press and hold one of the buttons for
fastforwardorrewind.
Audio and Telematics
272
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
The audio system will only play files with the
extension".mp3"withasamplingrateof
22.05KHzor44.1KHz.Noothertypeoffile
(.wma,.mp4,.m3u,etc.)canbeplayed.
It is advisable to restrict file names to
20 characters without using special characters
(e.g."?;ù)toavoidanyplayingordisplaying
problems.
In order to be able to play a recorded CDR or
CDRW,whenrecording,theISO9660level1.2
orJolietfileformatisrecommended.
If the disc is recorded in another format, it may
notbeplayedcorrectly.
It is recommended that the same recording
format is always used for an individual disc,
with as low a speed as possible (4x maximum)
foroptimumsoundquality.
In the particular case of a multi-session CD, the
Jolietformatisrecommended.
Information and advice
To play a disc which has already
been inserted, press the SOURCE
button several times in succession
and select CD.
Press one of the buttons to select a
folderontheCD.
Press one of the buttons to select a
trackontheCD.
Press the LIST REFRESH button to
display the list of directories of the
MP3compilation.
Press and hold one of the buttons for
fastforwardorrewindplay.
Playing an MP3 CD
compilation
InsertanMP3CDcompilationintheplayer.
The audio equipment searches for all of the
musictracks,whichmaytakeanythingbetween
a few seconds and several tens of seconds,
beforeplaybegins.
On a single disc, the CD player can
read up to 255 MP3 files spread over
8folderlevels.However,itisadvisable
tokeeptoalimitoftwolevelstoreduce
the access time before the CD is
played.
While the CD is being played, the folder
structureisnotfollowed.
All of the files are displayed on a single
level.
Audio and Telematics
273
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
UseonlyUSBmemorysticksformattedFAT32
(FileAllocationTable).
It is recommended that you use
genuine Apple
®
USB cables for correct
operation.
* In certain cases, play of the audio files must
beinitiatedfromthekeypad.
**Ifthetelephonesupportsthefunction.
Bluetooth
®
audio streaming
Streaming allows music files on the telephone
tobeplayedviatheaudiosystem.
Connectthetelephone:seethe"Telephone"
section.
Select in the "Bluetooth: Telephone - Audio"
menuthetelephonetobeconnected.
The audio system connects to a newly paired
telephoneautomatically.
Controloftrackstobeplayedisviathebuttons
on the audio system control panel and the
steeringmountedcontrols**.Thecontextual
informationcanbedisplayedinthescreen.
Activate the streaming source by
pressing the SOURCE*button.
Connecting Apple
®
players
Connect the Apple
®
player to the USB port
usingasuitablecable(notsupplied).
Playstartsautomatically.
Controlisviatheaudiosystem.
The classifications available are those of the
portabledeviceconnected(artists/albums/
genres/playlists/audiobooks/podcasts).
The version of software in the audio system
may not be compatible with the generation of
your Apple
®
player.
To protect the system, do not use a
USBhub.
Audio and Telematics
274
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
Telephone
Pairing a Bluetooth
®
telephone
Screen C
(Available according to model and version)
As a safety measure and because they
require prolonged attention on the part
of the driver, the operations for pairing
of the Bluetooth
®
mobile telephone with
the Bluetooth
®
hands-free system of
your audio equipment must be carried
out with the vehicle stationary and the
ignitionon.
Gotowww.citroen.co.ukformoreinformation
(compatibility,morehelp,...).
Activate the telephone's Bluetooth
®
function
and ensure that it is "visible to all" (telephone
configuration).
Press the MENUbutton.
Inthemenu,select:
- "Bluetooth: Telephone - Audio"
- "Bluetooth configuration"
- "Perform a Bluetooth search"
A window is displayed with a message that a
searchisinprogress.
The services available depend on
thenetwork,theSIMcardandthe
compatibility of the Bluetooth
®
device
used.
Consult your telephone's manual and
your operator to find out which services
areavailabletoyou.
*Ifyourtelephoneisfullycompatible.
The first 4 telephones recognised are displayed
inthiswindow.
The "Telephone" menu permits access to the
followingfunctionsinparticular:"Directory"*,
"Calls list", "Consult the paired equipment".
Select the telephone to be connected from the
list.Onlyonetelephonecanbeconnectedat
atime.
Avirtualkeypadisdisplayedinthescreen:
enteracodewithatleast4digits.
Confirm by pressing OK.
A message in the screen indicates the telephone
chosen.Toacceptthepairing,enterthesame
code on the telephone, then confirm with OK.
If pairing fails, the number of attempts is not
limited.
A message that the pairing has been
successfulappearsinthescreen.
The automatic connection authorised is only
activeafterthetelephonehasbeenconfigured.
The directory and the call list can be accessed
afterthenecessarysynchronisationperiod.
Audio and Telematics
275
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
Receiving a call
An incoming call is announced by a ring and a
superimposeddisplayinthescreen.
Select the YES tab on the display
usingthebuttons.
Confirm by pressing OK.
Press this button at the steering
mountedcontrolstoacceptthecall.
Making a call
From the "Bluetooth: Telephone - Audio"
menu.
Select "Manage the telephone call".
Select "Call".
Or
Select "Calls list".
Or
Select "Directory".
Press this button for more than two
seconds for access to your directory,
thennavigateusingthethumbwheel.
Or
Todialanumber,useyourtelephone'skeypad,
withthevehiclestationary.
Ending a call
During a call, press this button for
morethan2seconds.
Confirm with OKtoendthecall.
The system accesses the telephone's
contacts directory, depending on its
compatibility, and while it is connected
by Bluetooth
®
.
With certain telephones connected by
Bluetooth
®
you can send a contact to
thedirectoryoftheaudiosystem.
Contacts imported in this way are
saved in a permanent directory
visible to all, whatever the telephone
connected.
The menu for the directory is not
accessibleifitisempty.
Audio and Telematics
276
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
Screen menu map(s)
Radio-CD
REG mode
CD repeat
Shuffle play
Vehicle cong*
R wiper in rev
Options
Diagnostic
RDS options
View
Abandon
1
2
3
3
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
Screen A
* The settings vary according to the trim level of
thevehicle.
Guide lighting
2
Units
Temperature: °Celsius / °Fahrenheit
Fuel consumption: KM/L - L/100 - MPG
1
2
2
Display adjust
Month
Day
Hour
Minutes
Year
12 H/24 H mode
Language
Italiano
Nederlands
Portuguès
Português do Brasil
Français
Deutsch
Čeština
English
Hrvatski
Español
Magyar
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Audio and Telematics
277
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
Screen C
Press the OK dial for access to
short-cut menus according to the
displayonthescreen.
activate / deactivate RDS
activate / deactivate REG mode
activate / deactivate radiotext
Radio
activate / deactivate Intro
CD / MP3 CD
activate / deactivate track repeat
(the entire current CD for CD, the entire
current folder for MP3 CD)
activate / deactivate random play
(the entire current CD for CD, the entire
current folder for MP3 CD)
activate / deactivate track repeat
(ofthecurrentfolder/artist/genre/
playlist)
USB
activate / deactivate random play
(ofthecurrentfolder/artist/genre/
playlist)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Audio and Telematics
278
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
Screen C
Audio functions
Alternative frequencies (RDS)
Activate/deactivate
FM preferences
Regional mode (REG)
Activate/deactivate
Radio-text information (RDTXT)
Activate/deactivate
1
2
3
4
3
4
3
4
Play modes
Album repeat (RPT)
Activate/deactivate
Trackrandomplay(RDM)
Activate/deactivate
2
3
4
3
4
Enter distance to destination
1
1
1
2
2
2
Pressing the MENUbuttondisplays:
Audio functions
Trip computer
Distance: x miles
Vehicle diagnosis
Warning log
Systems activated or deactivated
State of systems
Audio and Telematics
279
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
Bluetooth conguration
1 1
1
2 2
2 2
2
3
3
3
2
3
Normal video
Brightness-video adjustment
Display conguration
Dene the vehicle
parameters*
Inverse video
Brightness(-+)adjustment
Date and time adjustment
Settingtheday/month/year
Settingthehour/minute
Choiceof12h/24hmode
Choice of units
l/100km-mpg-km/l
°Celsius/°Fahrenheit
1
1
3
3
2
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
3
Personalisation-
conguration
Bluetooth: Telephone -
Audio
Telephone function
Delete a paired equipment
Connect/Disconnect an equipment
Audio Streaming function
Consult the paired equipment
Perform a Bluetooth search
Calls list
Call
Directory
Terminate the current call
Manage the telephone call
Activate secret mode
*Thesettingsvaryaccordingtovehicle.
Choice of language
1
Audio and Telematics
280
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
Thetablebelowgivesanswerstothemostfrequentlyaskedquestionsonyouraudiosystem.
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
With the engine off, the
audio system switches off
afterafewminutesofuse.
When the engine is switched off, the audio system operating time
dependsonthestateofchargeofthebattery.
Theswitch-offisnormal:theaudioequipmentswitchestoeconomy
mode and switches off to prevent discharging of the vehicle's
battery.
Start the vehicle's engine to increase the battery
charge.
The message "the audio
system is overheated"
appearsonthedisplay.
In order to protect the installation if the surrounding temperature
is too high, the audio system switches to an automatic thermal
protection mode leading to a reduction in volume or CD play
stopping.
Switch the audio system off for a few minutes to
allowthesystemtocool.
Frequentlyaskedquestions
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
There is a difference in
sound quality between the
different audio sources
(radio,CD...).
For optimum sound quality, the audio settings (Volume, Bass,
Treble, Ambience, Loudness) can be adapted to the different sound
sources, which may result in audible differences when changing
source(radio,CD...).
Checkthattheaudiosettings(Volume,Bass,
Treble, Ambience, Loudness) are adapted to
thesourceslistenedto.Itisadvisabletoset
the audio functions (Bass, Treble, Front-Rear
Balance, Left-Right Balance) to the middle
position, select the musical ambience "None"
and set the loudness correction to the "Active"
position in CD mode or to the "Inactive" position
inradiomode.
Radio
Audio and Telematics
281
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
The stored stations do not
function (no sound,
87.5Mhzisdisplayed...).
Anincorrectwavebandisselected. Press the BAND AST button to return to the
waveband (AM, FM1, FM2, FMAST) on which the
stationsarestored.
The traffic announcement
(TA)isdisplayed.Ido
not receive any traffic
information.
The radio station is not part of the regional traffic information
network.
Tune to a radio station which broadcasts traffic
information.
The quality of reception of
the radio station listened
to gradually deteriorates
or the stored stations do
not function (no sound,
87.5Mhzisdisplayed...).
The vehicle is too far from the transmitter used by the station
listened to or there is no transmitter in the geographical area
throughwhichthevehicleistravelling.
Activate the RDS function to enable the system
tocheckwhetherthereisamorepowerful
transmitterinthegeographicalarea.
Theenvironment(hills,buildings,tunnels,undergroundcarparks...)
blockreception,includinginRDSmode.
This phenomenon is normal and does not
indicateafailureoftheaudioequipment.
The aerial is absent or has been damaged (for example when going
throughanautomaticcarwashorintoanundergroundcarpark).
HavetheaerialcheckedbyaCITROËNdealer.
Sound cut-outs of 1 to
2secondsinradiomode.
During this brief sound cut-out, the RDS searches for another
frequencygivingbetterreceptionofthestation.
Deactivate the RDS function if the phenomenon
istoofrequentandalwaysonthesameroute.
Audio and Telematics
282
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10b_RD45_ed02-2016
Media
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
The message "USB
peripheral error" is
displayedonthescreen.
The Bluetooth
®
connection
iscut.
Thebatteryoftheperipheralmaynotbesufficientlycharged. Rechargethebatteryoftheperipheraldevice.
TheUSBmemorystickisnotrecognised.
TheUSBmemorystickmaybecorrupt.
ReformattheUSBmemorystick.
TheCDisejected
automatically or is not
playedbytheplayer.
The CD is inserted upside down, is unplayable, does not contain
any audio data or contains an audio format which the player cannot
play.
The CD is protected by an anti-pirating protection system which is
notrecognisedbytheaudioequipment.
- CheckthattheCDisinsertedintheplayer
therightwayup.
- ChecktheconditionoftheCD:theCD
cannotbeplayedifitistoodamaged.
- Checkthecontentinthecaseofarecorded
CD:consulttheadviceinthe"Audio"section.
- The audio equipment's CD player does not
playDVDs.
- Due to their quality level, certain writeable
CDswillnotbeplayedbytheaudiosystem.
The CD player sound is
poor.
TheCDusedisscratchedorofpoorquality. Insert good quality CDs and store them in
suitableconditions.
The audio equipment settings (bass, treble, ambiences) are
unsuitable.
Set the treble or bass level to 0, without selecting
anambience.
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
I am unable to access my
voicemail.
Fewtelephonesorserviceprovidersallowtheuseofthisfunction.
Telephone
Audio and Telematics
283
TECHNOLOGY on BOARD
10
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10c_BTA-3R_ed02-2016
Localised Emergency Call
For Russia, Belarus and Kazakhstan.
If an impact is detected by the airbag
control unit, and independently of
the deployment of any airbags, an
emergencycallismadeautomatically.
If you benefit from the CITROËN
Connect Box offer with the SOS and
assistancepackincluded,thereare
additional services available to you in
your personal space, via the Internet
websiteforyourcountry.
In an emergency, press this
buttonformorethan2seconds.
Flashing of the green LED and
a voice message confirm that
the call has been made to the
"Localised Emergency Call" call
centre*.
The green LED remains on (without flashing)
whencommunicationisestablished.
Itgoesoffattheendofthecall.
Pressing this button again immediately cancels
therequest.
ThegreenLEDgoesoff.
"Localised Emergency Call" immediately
locates your vehicle, starts communication with
you in your language**, and where necessary
sends the appropriate public emergency
services**.Incountrieswheretheserviceis
not available, or when the locating service has
been expressly declined, the call is sent directly
to the emergency services (112) without the
vehiclelocation.
* Subjecttothegeneralconditionsforthe
serviceavailablefromdealersandsubject
totechnologicalandtechnicallimitations.
** Depending on the geographical cover of
"Localised Emergency Call", "Localised
Assistance Call" and the official national
language selected by the owner of the
vehicle.
The list of countries covered and Telematic
services is available from dealers or on the
websiteforyourcountry.
Emergency or assistance call
Audio and Telematics
284
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap10c_BTA-3R_ed02-2016
Localised Assistance Call
Operation of the system
If you purchased your vehicle outside
theBrand'sdealernetwork,we
inviteyoutohaveadealercheckthe
configuration of these services and, if
desired,modifiedtosuityourwishes.In
a multi-lingual country, configuration is
possible in the official national language
ofyourchoice.
For technical reasons and in particular
to improve the quality of "Telematic
services" services to customers, the
manufacturer reserves the right to carry
out updates to the vehicle's on-board
telematicsystem.
When the ignition is switched
on, the green LED comes on for
3 seconds indicating that the
systemisoperatingcorrectly.
The red indicator lamp is on
continuously:thereisasystem
fault.
A fault with the system does not prevent
thevehiclebeingdriven.
Press this button for more than
2 seconds to request assistance if
thevehiclebreaksdown.
** Depending on the geographical cover of
"Localised Emergency Call", "Localised
Assistance Call" and the official national
language selected by the owner of the
vehicle.
The list of countries covered and Telematic
services is available from dealers or on the
websiteforyourcountry.
Pressing this button again immediately cancels
therequest.
The cancellation is confirmed by a voice
message.
Geo-location
You can deactivate geo-location by
simultaneously pressing the "Localised
Emergency Call" and "Localised Assistance
Call" buttons, followed by a press on "Localised
AssistanceCall"toconfirm.
To reactivate geo-location, simultaneously
press the "Localised Emergency Call" and
"Localised Assistance Call" buttons again,
followed by a press on "Localised Assistance
CallLocalisé"toconfirm.
Theredindicatorlampflashes:replacethe
back-upbattery.
A voice message confirms that the call has
beenmade**.
In either case, the emergency and assistance
callsmaynotfunction.
Contact a qualified repairer as soon as
possible.
For Russia, Belarus and Kazakhstan.
07-16
Automobiles CITROËN declares, by application of the
provisionsoftheEuropeanlegislation(Directive2000/53)
relating to End of Life Vehicles, that it achieves the
objectivessetbythislegislationandthatrecycledmaterials
areusedinthemanufactureoftheproductsthatitsells.
Reproduction or translation of all or part of this document
is prohibited without written authorisation from Automobiles
CITROËN.
Printed in the EU
Anglais
4Dconcept
DiaDeis
interak
Berlingo2VP_en_Chap00_couv-imprimeur_ed02-2016
Anglais
16BGO.0041*16BGO.0041*
